WO2016119243A1 - 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统 - Google Patents

通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016119243A1
WO2016119243A1 PCT/CN2015/072017 CN2015072017W WO2016119243A1 WO 2016119243 A1 WO2016119243 A1 WO 2016119243A1 CN 2015072017 W CN2015072017 W CN 2015072017W WO 2016119243 A1 WO2016119243 A1 WO 2016119243A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
cell group
user equipment
secondary cell
indication information
configuration indication
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2015/072017
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
常俊仁
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to KR1020197034325A priority Critical patent/KR102162161B1/ko
Priority to JP2017540590A priority patent/JP6544666B2/ja
Priority to EP15879451.1A priority patent/EP3244675A4/en
Priority to CN201911223091.4A priority patent/CN111148245B/zh
Priority to CN201580002472.3A priority patent/CN106134272B/zh
Priority to KR1020177024058A priority patent/KR102049815B1/ko
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2015/072017 priority patent/WO2016119243A1/zh
Publication of WO2016119243A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016119243A1/zh
Priority to US15/662,954 priority patent/US10499374B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Priority to US16/668,989 priority patent/US11490367B2/en
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/04—Key management, e.g. using generic bootstrapping architecture [GBA]
    • H04W12/041—Key generation or derivation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A) or DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signalling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M3/00—Automatic or semi-automatic exchanges
    • H04M3/42—Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers
    • H04M3/4228—Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers in networks
    • H04M3/42289—Systems providing special services or facilities to subscribers in networks with carrierprovider selection by subscriber
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W12/00—Security arrangements; Authentication; Protecting privacy or anonymity
    • H04W12/03—Protecting confidentiality, e.g. by encryption
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16—Discovering, processing access restriction or access information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/18—Selecting a network or a communication service
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001—Synchronization between nodes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00—Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/004—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay
    • H04W56/0045—Synchronisation arrangements compensating for timing error of reception due to propagation delay compensating for timing error by altering transmission time
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00—Connection management
    • H04W76/10—Connection setup
    • H04W76/15—Setup of multiple wireless link connections
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00—Network topologies
    • H04W84/02—Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10—Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12—WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00—Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/08—Access point devices
    • H04W88/10—Access point devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode access points
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signalling for the administration of the divided path, e.g. signalling of configuration information
    • H04L5/0096—Indication of changes in allocation
    • H04L5/0098—Signalling of the activation or deactivation of component carriers, subcarriers or frequency bands
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M2207/00—Type of exchange or network, i.e. telephonic medium, in which the telephonic communication takes place
    • H04M2207/18—Type of exchange or network, i.e. telephonic medium, in which the telephonic communication takes place wireless networks
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a communication method, a network device, a user equipment, and a communication system.
  • Carrier Aggregation (CA) technology mainly aggregates multiple component carriers (CCs) into a carrier with a large bandwidth to support high-speed data transmission.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • the main idea of DC technology is to aggregate carriers on different base stations connected by non-ideal backhaul links.
  • a user equipment In a dual-connection, a user equipment (UE) is configured with two cell groups (Cell groups) or a group of CCs, one of which is a master cell group (MCG), and the other is a Secondary Cell Group (SCG).
  • Cell groups Cell groups
  • MCG master cell group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • a primary cell group is a cell group associated with a primary cell (Maser eNB, MeNB), and is composed of a primary cell (PCell) and zero or at least one secondary cell (SCell);
  • a secondary cell group is a cell group associated with a secondary eNB (SeNB), and is composed of a primary secondary cell (PSCell) and zero or at least one secondary cell.
  • SeNB secondary eNB
  • PSCell primary secondary cell
  • the primary cell is a cell that establishes a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection with the UE, and the primary cell is responsible for providing security related parameters and is configured with a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource;
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the primary and secondary cells refer to secondary cells configured with PUCCH resources included in the secondary cell group;
  • the PUCCH is mainly used for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK), Channel State Information (CSI), Scheduling Request (SR), and the like;
  • HARQ-ACK Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement
  • CSI Channel State Information
  • SR Scheduling Request
  • FIG. 1 shows a typical DC scenario example, in which a UE establishes a connection with an MeNB and an SeNB at the same time, and the MeNB and the SeNB communicate using an X2 interface, wherein the cells PCell, SCell1, and SCell2 associated with the MeNB form an MCG, and the SeNB is associated with The cells PSCell and SCell3 form an SCG, wherein the MCG and the SCG respectively correspond to different intermediate keys and layer two functional entities, and the PCell and the PSCell are respectively configured with PUCCH resources.
  • the UE may establish a bearer with the MeNB or the SeNB, and use the security configuration parameter (for example, an intermediate key) of the cell group corresponding to the bearer in the bearer.
  • the transmitted data is encrypted.
  • the UE may also establish a split bearer with the MeNB and the SeNB. At this time, part of the data packet is transmitted through the MCG, and another part is transmitted through the SCG, and the data transmitted by the MCG and the SCG both use the security configuration corresponding to the MCG.
  • the parameters are encrypted.
  • a large-scale carrier aggregation technology is introduced to implement a larger number of carrier aggregations of component carriers, for example, carrier aggregation of 32 component carriers.
  • carrier aggregation of 32 component carriers According to the existing DC technology, if a large number of component carriers are introduced, an independent PUCCH, a layer 2 functional entity, and an intermediate key need to be configured for each SCG, and the number of parameters that the UE needs to maintain increases sharply, thereby increasing the function of the UE. The complexity.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method, a network device, a user equipment, and a communication system, which can reduce the complexity of the UE.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication method, including: determining, by a network device, a first secondary cell group for a user equipment; the network device sending first configuration indication information, the first configuration indication information to the user equipment For indicating at least one of the following configurations: uplink control information related to a cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to a second of the user equipment The secondary cell group; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of a second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identifier information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment And identification information of the first cell.
  • the layer two-function entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that, in the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, a packet corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group is established. At least one of a data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, including: The data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first A secondary cell group for performing a split operation in the secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the network device is a primary base station, where the user equipment has at least two serving base stations including the primary base station and the first secondary base station, and the first secondary cell The group is associated with the first secondary base station; before the network device sends the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, the method further includes: the primary base station sending second configuration indication information to the first secondary base station, the second configuration The indication information is used to indicate the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the primary base station, where the configuration parameter includes a physical uplink control channel of the cell in the first secondary cell group and at least one cell in the first secondary cell group.
  • the primary base station receives a configuration response message sent by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information; the network device sends a first configuration indication to the user equipment
  • the information includes: the primary base station sends the first configuration indication information to the user equipment according to the configuration response message.
  • the configuration response message carries configuration parameters of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information; And sending, by the configuration response message, the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, where the primary base station determines, according to the configuration response message, at least one of the following configurations: the uplink control information of the cell in the first secondary cell group passes Physical uplink control channel transmission of the first cell; data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group And generating, by using the security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, an encryption key, where the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink Timing adjustment.
  • a communication method including: determining, by the network device, a first cell group, where the first cell group is a secondary cell group; and the network device sends a first configuration indication to the user equipment Information, the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key using a security configuration parameter of a second cell group of the user equipment The data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group of the user equipment are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group of the user equipment is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, and an index of the secondary cell group intermediate key. The value and the number of the intermediate cell of the secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the security configuration parameter generates an encryption key
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the time advance value is used for the uplink timing adjustment
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or the first configuration indication The information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the network device is a first secondary base station that is associated with the first cell group and the second cell group, where the user equipment includes a primary base station and the At least two serving base stations of the first secondary base station; before the network device sends the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, the method further includes: receiving, by the network device, second configuration indication information sent by the primary base station, the second The configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first secondary base station allocates the first cell group to the user equipment; the network device determines that the first cell group is allocated to the user equipment, and the network device determines that the network configuration device is determined according to the second configuration indication information. The user equipment allocates the first cell group.
  • the third aspect provides another communication method, including: receiving, by the user equipment, first configuration indication information sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the secondary cell group is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and the first secondary cell group of the user equipment
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group; the user equipment configures the first secondary cell group of the user equipment according to the first configuration indication information.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of a second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identifier information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and the first cell Identification information.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a packet data convergence protocol corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group is established in the second secondary cell group.
  • At least one of an entity and a radio link control entity; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first sub-cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity established in the second sub-cell group of the user equipment, including: The data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and A secondary cell group for performing a splitting operation in the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is shown.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group And generating, by using the security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, an encryption key, where the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink Timing adjustment.
  • the fourth aspect provides another communication method, including: receiving, by the user equipment, first configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: the first of the user equipment The data transmission process on the at least one cell of the cell group generates an encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, and the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the second of the user equipment The time advance value of the cell group is adjusted by the uplink timing; the user equipment configures the first cell group according to the first configuration indication information.
  • the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group of the user equipment is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell The group intermediate key, the index value of the secondary cell group intermediate key, and the secondary cell group intermediate key number.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the security configuration parameter generates an encryption key
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the time advance value is used for the uplink timing adjustment
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or the first configuration indication
  • the information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment are the same as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • a TAG is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment are the same as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the user equipment, second configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the network device is a random access resource allocated by the second cell group of the user equipment; the user equipment performs a random access procedure in the second cell group according to the second configuration indication information, to obtain a time advance value of the second cell group
  • the user equipment communicates with the serving base station of the user equipment in the first cell group according to the time advance value of the second cell group.
  • a network device including: a determining unit, configured to determine a first secondary cell group for the user equipment, and a sending unit, configured to send, to the user equipment, first configuration indication information, where the first configuration indication is The information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: uplink control information related to a cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user equipment The second secondary cell group, the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of a second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identifier information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and the first cell Identification information.
  • the layer two-function entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that, in the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, a packet corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group is established. At least one of a data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, including: The data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first A secondary cell group for performing a split operation in the secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the network device is a primary base station, where the user equipment has at least two serving base stations including the primary base station and the first secondary base station, and the first secondary cell The group is associated with the first secondary base station; the sending unit is further configured to send, to the first secondary base station, second configuration indication information, where the second configuration indication information is used, before sending the first configuration indication information to the user equipment And indicating a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the primary base station, where the configuration parameter includes a physical uplink control channel of the cell in the first secondary cell group and data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group At least one of the corresponding layer two functional entities; the primary base station further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive a configuration response message sent by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information sent by the sending unit; The sending unit is configured to send the first configuration indication information to the user equipment according to the configuration response message received by the second receiving unit.
  • the configuration response message is used to indicate a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information;
  • the unit includes: a determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the configuration response message received by the second receiving unit, at least one of the following configurations: uplink control information of the cell in the first secondary cell group passes the physical of the first cell Uplink control channel transmission; data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group And generating, by using the security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, an encryption key, where the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink Timing adjustment.
  • a network device including: a determining unit, configured to determine, to allocate a first cell group to the user equipment, where the first cell group is a secondary cell group, and a sending unit, configured to send the user equipment And transmitting, by the first configuration indication information, at least one of the following configurations: a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a security configuration of a second cell group of the user equipment The parameter generates an encryption key, and the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are configured with the user
  • the backup is connected to the same serving base station.
  • the second cell group of the user equipment is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell The group intermediate key, the index value of the secondary cell group intermediate key, and the secondary cell group intermediate key number.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the security configuration parameter generates an encryption key
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the time advance value is used for the uplink timing adjustment
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or the first configuration indication The information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the network device is a first secondary base station that is associated with the first cell group and the second cell group, where the user equipment includes a primary base station and the At least two serving base stations of the first secondary base station; the first secondary base station further includes: a second receiving unit, configured to receive, after the sending unit sends the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, receive the second And the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first secondary base station allocates the first cell group to the user equipment; the determining unit is specifically configured to use the second configuration indication information received by the second receiving unit, Determining to allocate the first cell group to the user equipment.
  • the seventh aspect provides a user equipment, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive first configuration indication information sent by a network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and the first secondary cell of the user equipment Data transmission through at least one cell in the group
  • the layer 2 functional entity of the second secondary cell group performs processing; and the configuration unit is configured to configure the first secondary cell group according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiving unit.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of a second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identifier information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and the first cell Identification information.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a packet data convergence protocol corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group is established in the second secondary cell group.
  • At least one of an entity and a radio link control entity; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first sub-cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity established in the second sub-cell group of the user equipment, including: The data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first A secondary cell group for performing a split operation in the secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group And generating, by using the security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, an encryption key, where the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink Timing adjustment.
  • the eighth aspect provides another user equipment, including: a receiving unit, configured to receive first configuration indication information sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: the user equipment The data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, and the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the user equipment The time advance value of the second cell group is used for uplink timing adjustment; the configuration unit is configured to receive the first configuration indication message according to the receiving unit The first cell group is configured.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with a same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group of the user equipment is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell The group intermediate key, the index value of the secondary cell group intermediate key, and the secondary cell group intermediate key number.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the security configuration parameter generates an encryption key
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses a second cell group of the user equipment
  • the time advance value is used for the uplink timing adjustment
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or the first configuration indication The information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive, by the network device, second configuration indication information, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the network device is the user a random access resource allocated by the second cell group of the device;
  • the user equipment further includes: a random access unit, configured to perform a random access process in the second cell group according to the second configuration indication information received by the receiving unit Obtaining a time advance value of the second cell group;
  • the communication unit is configured to: in the first cell group, the serving base station of the user equipment according to the time advance value of the second cell group obtained by the random access unit Communicate.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication system, including: a user equipment and at least one serving base station of the user equipment, where the user equipment is configured with multiple cell groups, and the first service in at least one serving base station of the user equipment The base station is associated with at least two of the plurality of cell groups.
  • the multiple cell group includes a first secondary cell group and a second cell group, where the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group, and the first secondary cell group And the second cell group satisfies at least one of the following configurations: uplink control information related to a cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user a second cell group of the device; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second cell group; on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group The data transmission is processed using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment; the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second cell group are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • At least one serving base station of the user equipment is specifically a serving base station of the user equipment, and multiple cell groups of the user equipment are associated with one of the user equipments.
  • the service base station is associated.
  • the at least one serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, where the primary base station and the primary cell group in the multiple cell groups In association, each of the at least one secondary base station is associated with one or more secondary cell groups of the plurality of cell groups.
  • the primary base station is further associated with one or more secondary cell groups of the multiple cell groups.
  • a network device including: a processor, configured to determine a first secondary cell group for the user equipment, and a transmitter, configured to send, to the user equipment, first configuration indication information, where A configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: uplink control information related to a cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first primary cell belongs to the group A second secondary cell group of the user equipment, where data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • a network device including: a processor, configured to determine, to allocate a first cell group to the user equipment, where the first cell group is a secondary cell group; and a transmitter is configured to serve the user
  • the device sends first configuration indication information, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the user
  • the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the device generates an encryption key, and the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the twelfth aspect provides another user equipment, including: a receiver, configured to receive first configuration indication information sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is transmitted by using the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and the first The data transmission on the at least one cell in the secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group; the processor is configured to configure the first according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiver Secondary cell group.
  • a user equipment including: a receiver, configured to receive first configuration indication information sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations: the user The data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the device generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, where the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the user The time advance value of the second cell group of the device is used for uplink timing adjustment; the processor is configured to configure the first cell group according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiver.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell
  • the second secondary cell group belonging to the user equipment, and/or the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce user equipment maintenance.
  • the number of parameters thereby reducing the complexity of the user equipment.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a dual connectivity scenario in the prior art.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another example of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a user equipment according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • a user equipment may be referred to as a terminal (Mobile), a mobile station (Mobile Station, MS), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), etc.
  • the user equipment may be A radio access network (RAN) communicates with one or more core networks.
  • the user equipment may be a mobile phone (or a cellular phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, the user equipment may also Portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange voice and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station in LTE ( Evolved Node B, eNB or e-NodeB), which is not limited by the present invention.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • LTE evolved Node B, eNB or e-NodeB
  • the bearers in the embodiment of the present invention may have the following types:
  • Bearer Type 1 The radio protocol stack (or L2 entity, L2 protocol stack) is located at the MCG and SCG, and uses both the MCG and the bearer of the resources of the SCG, wherein both the MCG and the SCG are associated with the serving base station.
  • the bearer type 2 the radio protocol stack (or the L2 entity, the L2 protocol stack) is located in the first SCG and the second SCG, and uses both the first SCG and the bearer of the resource of the second SCG, where the first SCG and the second SCG are both Associated with a serving base station.
  • the bearer in the embodiment of the present invention may further have the following types:
  • Bearer Type 3 The radio protocol stack (or L2 entity, L2 protocol stack) is located at the MeNB (or MCG) and the SeNB (or SCG), using only the resources of the SeNB (or the resources of the SCG).
  • Bearer Type 4 The radio protocol stack (or L2 entity, L2 protocol stack) is located at the MeNB and the SeNB, and uses MeNB resources and SeNB resources.
  • the wireless protocol stack (or L2 entity, L2 protocol stack) is located at the first SeNB (or first SCG) and second SeNB (or second SCG), and only use resources of the second SeNB (or second SCG).
  • Bearer Type 6 The radio protocol stack (or L2 entity, L2 protocol stack) is located at the first SeNB (or the first SCG) and the second SeNB (or the second SCG), and uses the first SeNB and the second SeNB Hosting of resources.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 100 may be performed by a network side device, such as a base station, a base station controller, or a network side server, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the method 100 includes:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment,
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the communication method transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • the network device may allocate the second secondary cell group to the user equipment before the first secondary cell group is allocated to the user equipment, and the user equipment may be unconfigured or configured. Alternatively, the network device may also allocate the second secondary cell group to the user equipment while the first secondary cell group is allocated to the user equipment. In this case, the first configuration indication information may also be used to indicate the network device. Determining the configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group, wherein data transmission of at least one cell in the second secondary cell group may be processed by using a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, and the second secondary The cell group may be configured with an independent physical uplink control channel resource, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, including:
  • the uplink control channel related to the primary and secondary cells in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, and the uplink control channel related to the secondary cell in the first secondary cell group passes the first cell Physical uplink control channel transmission.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that uplink control information related to a cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted on a physical uplink control channel of the first cell.
  • the first secondary cell group is not configured with independent physical uplink control channel resources, that is, the primary and secondary cells of the first secondary cell group are not configured with independent physical uplink control channel resources, and the first secondary cell group and the second The secondary cell group shares the physical uplink control channel resources of the second secondary cell group.
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group may be processed by a layer two functional entity located in the first secondary cell group, where the user equipment needs to establish and cooperate with the first secondary cell group. A layer two functional entity corresponding to data transmission on at least one cell in the cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first secondary cell group is configured with independent physical uplink control channel resources.
  • the primary and secondary cells of the first secondary cell group are configured with physical uplink control channel resources, and the cells in the first secondary cell group are related.
  • the uplink control information may be transmitted through a physical uplink control channel configured by the first secondary cell group.
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group may be processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, where the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group may be Established, or the user equipment is newly created for the data transmission, the user equipment does not need to establish a layer 2 functional entity corresponding to the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group on the first secondary cell group,
  • embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, and indicating at least one of the first secondary cell group.
  • the data transmission on the cell is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group share the physical uplink control channel resource of the second secondary cell group, and the user equipment does not need to establish the first secondary cell group on the first secondary cell group.
  • a layer two functional entity corresponding to data transmission on at least one of the cells.
  • the first cell may be a primary secondary cell of the second secondary cell group or a secondary cell of the second secondary cell group, where the first cell is configured with a physical uplink control channel.
  • the first cell is the first The primary and secondary cells of the secondary auxiliary cell group.
  • the uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: ACK, NACK, and channel state information, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the layer two-function entity may include: the layer two-function entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information explicitly or implicitly indicates the foregoing configuration of the first secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may include at least one of the following information: the identification information of the second secondary cell group and the identification information of the first cell, to implicitly indicate the first auxiliary The above configuration of the cell group.
  • the foregoing information may be carried in a specific field in the configuration message, and correspondingly, when receiving the configuration message, the user equipment may be related to the cell in the first secondary cell group according to the foregoing information carried in the specific field.
  • the uplink control information is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, and/or the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, but Embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the user equipment may have one or more serving base stations, and is configured with a primary cell group and multiple secondary cell groups.
  • the network device may further determine which serving base station of the user equipment is associated with the first secondary cell group, wherein if the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, the first secondary cell group may be associated with the The primary base station of the multiple serving base stations is associated with or associated with the secondary base station of the multiple serving base stations, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first configuration indication information may also be used to indicate a base station associated with the first secondary cell group.
  • all cell groups configured by the user equipment are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the zero or at least one cell group that the user equipment has configured and the at least one cell group that the network device newly allocates for the user equipment may be associated with the same serving base station, where the serving base station may be the user equipment.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the only one of the serving base stations, or the primary base station of the plurality of serving base stations of the user equipment.
  • the primary cell group, the first secondary cell group, and the second secondary cell group of the user equipment are all associated with a unique serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group are associated with different base stations.
  • the multiple serving base stations of the user equipment may include a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, where the user equipment has an RRC connection with the primary base station, and the user equipment and the at least one secondary base station There is a normal wireless connection between each of the secondary base stations.
  • the primary base station and the at least one secondary base station may have a non-ideal backhaul link, and the primary base station and the at least one secondary base station communicate through the X2 interface.
  • the primary base station of the user equipment may be associated with the primary cell group of the user equipment and the zero or at least one secondary cell group, and each of the at least one secondary base station may be associated with zero or at least one secondary cell group. Correlation, but embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group may be associated with the same or different base stations.
  • the first secondary cell group may be associated with the primary base station, and the second secondary cell group may be associated with the primary base station or the secondary base station; or the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group may both be associated with Associated with the same secondary base station in the at least one secondary base station; or the first secondary cell group may be associated with the first secondary base station in the at least one secondary base station, the second secondary cell group and the primary base station or the at least one
  • the second secondary base station association different from the first secondary base station is included in the secondary base station, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may further determine at least one cell included in the first secondary cell group, where the first secondary cell A group may include some or all of the cells controlled by the associated serving base station.
  • the network device may also determine which of the multiple cells is the primary secondary cell of the first secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may be further used to indicate at least one cell included in the first secondary cell group, or further used to indicate a primary secondary cell in at least one cell included in the first secondary cell group, but the present invention The embodiment is not limited to this.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate whether the first secondary cell group has independent physical uplink control channel resources. If the first secondary cell group does not have an independent physical uplink control channel resource, the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group share the physical uplink configured by the second secondary cell group.
  • the control channel that is, the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group, is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell. At this time, all cells included in the first secondary cell group do not have independent physical uplink control channel resources.
  • the primary and secondary cells of the first secondary cell group do not have independent physical uplink control channel resources, but the primary and secondary cells of the first secondary cell group can serve as the downlink timing reference cell of the first secondary cell group, which is an embodiment of the present invention. There is no limit to this.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate whether to establish, in the first secondary cell group, layer 2 for processing data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group. Functional entity. If the first secondary cell group does not need to establish a layer two functional entity for processing the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group, the first configuration indication information may indicate the first auxiliary Data transmission on at least one cell in the cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the layer two functional entity may include at least one of the following: a Medium Access Control (MAC) entity, a Radio Link Control (RLC) entity, and a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (Packet Data Convergence Protocol, A PDCP) entity, wherein the MAC entity may be established when the user equipment initially configures the first secondary cell group, and the RLC entity and the PDCP entity may be established when the bearer of the first secondary cell group is created.
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • a PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the first configuration indication information may include the identifier information of the second secondary cell group and/or the identifier information of the primary secondary cell of the second secondary cell group, to implicitly indicate the first secondary cell group.
  • the data transmission on at least one cell is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may uniformly indicate whether a MAC entity, an RLC entity, and a PDCP entity for processing data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group are required to be established in the first secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may be separately indicated for each of the foregoing entities that need to process, in the first secondary cell group, the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group, but The embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by using an RLC entity and a PDCP entity located in the second secondary cell group, and A MAC entity for processing data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups may be located in the first secondary cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that at least one of a PDCP entity and an RLC entity corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group is established in the second secondary cell group;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, including:
  • the data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a PDCP entity and an RLC entity corresponding to the bearer established in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that a PDCP entity corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group is established in the second secondary cell group, and the second secondary cell group is used to be associated with the bearer.
  • the PDCP entity processes the data transmission on the bearer.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that a PDCP entity and an RLC entity corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group are established in the second secondary cell group, and the bearer established by using the second secondary cell group
  • the corresponding PDCP entity and the RLC entity process the data transmission on the bearer, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the bearer of the first secondary cell group may refer to the bearer of the resource that uses the first secondary cell group.
  • the bearer of the first secondary cell group may use only resources of the first secondary cell group.
  • the layer 2 functional entity of the bearer of the first secondary cell group may be located in the first secondary cell group or the second secondary cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the bearer of the first secondary cell group may be established in the second secondary cell. After the first secondary cell group is configured, the bearer may be jointly transmitted by the second secondary cell and the first secondary cell group. Or, the bearer of the first secondary cell group may be established after the first secondary cell group is configured, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the bearer of the first secondary cell group may use resources of the first secondary cell group and other cell groups (which may be a primary cell group or a secondary cell group), and the other cell group and the first secondary cell group may be the same A base station is associated.
  • the layer 2 functional entity of the bearer of the first secondary cell group may be located in the first secondary cell group and the other cell group, or in the second secondary cell group and the other cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention does not Limited to this.
  • the bearer of the first secondary cell group may also use resources of the first secondary cell group and other cell groups (which may be a primary cell group or a secondary cell group), and the other secondary cell group and the first secondary cell group may Associated with different base stations.
  • the bearer of the first secondary cell group is a split bearer, and the layer two functional entity of the split bearer may be located in the first secondary cell group and the other cell group, or in the second secondary cell group and the other cell.
  • the group, but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell are indicated.
  • the split bearer a part of the data packet is transmitted by the first secondary cell group, and another part is transmitted by the second secondary cell group, that is, the split bearer uses resources of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the layer two functional entity of the split bearer may be located only in the first secondary cell group.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this, or is only located in the second secondary cell group, or in the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may indicate which one of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group performs a splitting operation, that is, the data packet is split into a first secondary cell group and the second The two parts of the secondary cell group transmission, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group establish a split bearer, and indicate a secondary cell group corresponding to the layer two functional entity that performs the split operation of the split bearer or And indicating, in the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group, which secondary cell group is located in the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may indicate that the SCG corresponding to the PDCP layer of the bearer is split, that is, the PDCP corresponding to the split operation performed in the first SCG and the second SCG.
  • the SCG configuration information may indicate that the SCG corresponding to the RLC layer that splits the bearer, that is, the RLC layer corresponding to the split operation performed in the first SCG and the second SCG.
  • the user equipment may establish a correspondence between the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group, and configure the first secondary cell group according to the first configuration indication information. And after completing the configuration of the first secondary cell group, sending a configuration complete message to the network device.
  • the method 100 further includes:
  • the method 100 further includes:
  • the second configuration indication information is used to indicate a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the network device, where the configuration parameter includes the first secondary small At least one of a physical uplink control channel of the block and a layer two functional entity corresponding to data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups;
  • S120 sending the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, including:
  • the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group may be separately determined by the primary base station, and the primary base station notifies the first secondary base station of the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group.
  • the second configuration indication information may be used to notify the first secondary base station of the configuration parameters determined by the network device.
  • the first secondary base station may determine configuration parameters of the first secondary base station indicated by the second configuration indication information, and send a configuration response message to the primary base station to confirm the first A secondary base station receives the second configuration indication message.
  • the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group may be determined by the primary base station and the first secondary base station.
  • the second configuration indication information may be used to indicate configuration parameters of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station.
  • the first secondary base station may agree to the configuration parameter determined by the primary base station, or modify the configuration parameter determined by the primary base station, and carry the configuration parameter determined by the first secondary base station in the configuration response. The message is sent to the primary base station.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, and/or in the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station, and/or Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the primary base station may obtain configuration parameters of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station that are carried in the configuration response message, and determine uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group according to the configuration response message.
  • the data transmission on the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, and/or the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, and is processed to the user equipment
  • the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell determined according to the configuration response message is sent, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the configuration response message carries configuration parameters of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information, and the configuration response message indicates at least one of the following configurations. :
  • the uplink control information of the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell;
  • the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station may be different from the configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the primary base station.
  • the first configuration indication information is sent to the user equipment according to the configuration response message, including:
  • the uplink control information of the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell;
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group may share security configuration parameters and/or time advance values.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group may be associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first secondary cell group may use the same security configuration parameter as the second secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter may be allocated by the network side to the first secondary cell group. At this time, the network side does not allocate independent security configuration parameters for the second secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter may be allocated by the network side to the second secondary cell group. At this time, the network side does not allocate independent security configuration parameters for the first secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter may be allocated by the network side to other cell groups of the user equipment, where the network side does not allocate independent security configuration parameters for the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group, and the other
  • the cell group, the first secondary cell group, and the second secondary cell group may be associated with the same serving base station, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first secondary cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter may include at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key (Secondary Cell Group intermediate key or Secondary eNB intermediate key, S-KeNB), and a secondary cell group intermediate key.
  • the secondary cell group intermediate key may be based on an intermediate key of the primary base station (KeNB) And the secondary cell counter is determined.
  • the first configuration indication information may include the identifier information of the second secondary cell group, or include at least one of the following information: a secondary cell group intermediate key of the second secondary cell group, and the second secondary cell The index value of the secondary cell group intermediate key of the group, the secondary cell group intermediate key number of the second secondary cell group, and the SCG counter of the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may further indicate that the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group use the same encryption algorithm, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information may implicitly indicate at least one cell of the first cell group by indicating that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a PDCP entity located in the second cell group.
  • the data transmission process on the network generates an encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the user equipment may determine, according to the first configuration indication information, a secondary cell group intermediate key used by the first secondary cell group, and obtain an intermediate key and an encryption algorithm according to the secondary cell group.
  • the key is encrypted and the data to be transmitted is encrypted using the encryption key.
  • the first configuration indication information may also be used to indicate that the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group use the same time advance value, that is, at least one cell of the first secondary cell group.
  • the upper data transmission process uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the user equipment may perform uplink timing adjustment on the first secondary cell group by using the time advance value of the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may include information about a time advance value of the second secondary cell group, or information including a Timing Advance Group (TAG) to which the first secondary cell group belongs, where the A secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group belong to the same TAG, so as to implicitly indicate that the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group use the same time advance value.
  • TAG Timing Advance Group
  • the network device may configure a random access resource only for the second secondary cell group and one of the first secondary cell groups, for example, only the random access resource is configured for the second secondary cell group.
  • the user equipment may perform a random access procedure in the second secondary cell group by using the random access resource configured by the network device, and obtain a time advance value of the second secondary cell group. Since the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group have the same TA value, the user equipment does not need to perform a random access procedure in the first secondary cell group, and the time advance of using the second secondary cell group directly The value is adjusted for the uplink timing of the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network side may configure random access resources for both the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the user equipment may perform only in the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group.
  • the random access procedure can obtain the TA value corresponding to the TAG, and does not need to perform a random access procedure in all the cell groups, thereby saving system resources and UE power consumption.
  • the communication method transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • FIG. 6 shows another communication method 200 provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 200 may be performed by a network side device, such as a base station, a base station controller, or a network side server, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the method 200 includes:
  • the first configuration indication information is sent to the user equipment, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment is configured to generate the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment is adjusted by the uplink timing, so that the user equipment can directly communicate with the network side without performing a random access procedure in the first cell group, thereby saving system resources and user equipment functions. Consumption.
  • the network device may allocate the second secondary cell group to the user equipment before assigning the first secondary cell group to the user equipment.
  • the network device may also allocate the second secondary cell group to the user equipment while the first secondary cell group is allocated to the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information may also be used to indicate the network device.
  • the configuration parameters of the second secondary cell group are determined, but the embodiment of the present invention does not limit this.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group.
  • the user equipment may perform a random access procedure in the first cell group and the second cell group, respectively, to obtain time advance values corresponding to the first cell group and the second cell group respectively.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group share a time advance value obtained by the user equipment by performing a random access procedure in the second cell group, that is, the user equipment does not need to perform random connection in the first cell group.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group may generate an encryption key using different security configuration parameters.
  • the first configuration indication information may be used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, and the first cell group The data transmission process on the at least one cell performs uplink timing adjustment using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group share a security configuration parameter allocated by the network side for the second cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group share the user equipment by using the second The time advance value obtained by the cell group to perform the random access procedure, that is, the user equipment does not need to perform a random access procedure in the first cell group.
  • the security configuration parameter may include at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, an index value of the secondary cell group intermediate key, and a secondary cell group intermediate key number.
  • the first configuration indication information may be further used to indicate an encryption algorithm used by the first secondary cell group to generate an encryption key, for example, the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate the first cell group.
  • the encryption key is generated using the encryption algorithm of the second cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first cell group is a secondary cell group
  • the second cell group may be a primary cell group or a secondary cell group different from the first cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with a same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment may have one or more serving base stations. If the user equipment has only one serving base station, all cell groups of the user equipment may be associated with the user equipment serving base station. If the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, the multiple serving base stations include a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, the first cell group and the second cell group may both be associated with the primary base station of the user equipment, or both An auxiliary base station of the user equipment is associated with the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the multiple serving base stations of the user equipment include a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, the second cell group is a secondary cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group are both associated with the user.
  • the device is associated with the same secondary base station.
  • the network device may be a secondary base station that is associated with the first cell group and the second cell group, or a primary base station of the user equipment, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first configuration indication information may be further used to indicate a base station associated with the first secondary cell group, at least one cell included in the first secondary cell group, or a primary secondary cell in at least one cell included in the first secondary cell group, Embodiments of the invention are not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information may indicate the configuration explicitly or implicitly.
  • the first configuration indication information may include the identifier information of the second secondary cell group and/or the primary secondary cell of the second secondary cell group. Identifying information, implicitly indicating that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, and/or at least the first cell group.
  • the data transmission process on a cell uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information may be processed by indicating that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using the PDCP entity located in the second cell group.
  • indicating that the first cell group uses the security configuration parameter of the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information may indicate that the first cell group and the second cell group belong to the same timing advance group TAG, or indicate the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group and the second cell group.
  • the secondary cell or the primary cell belongs to the same TAG, and implicitly indicates that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink determination. Time adjustment, but the embodiment of the invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device may not allocate random access resources to the first cell group but only the second cell.
  • the group allocates random access resources.
  • the user equipment may perform a random access procedure in the second cell group by using a random access resource to obtain a TA value of the second cell group, and use the TA value to at least one cell in the first cell group.
  • the data transmission process on the uplink performs the uplink timing adjustment, and the random access procedure does not need to be performed in the first cell group, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the first cell group does not have a random access resource.
  • the second cell group is configured with a random access resource, and the time advance value of the second cell group is obtained by the user equipment by performing the random access procedure by using the random access resource in the second cell group.
  • the user equipment may determine, according to the first configuration indication information, that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates the encryption by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, and establishes between the first cell group and the second cell group. Corresponding relationship, and configuring the first cell group according to the first configuration indication information.
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • the method 200 further includes:
  • S210 determining to allocate the first cell group to the user equipment, includes:
  • the primary base station of the user equipment may instruct the first secondary base station to allocate the first cell group to the user equipment.
  • the first secondary base station may allocate the first cell group to the user equipment according to the indication of the primary base station, and determine configuration parameters of the first cell group.
  • the first secondary base station may also actively determine to configure the first cell group associated with the first secondary base station for the user equipment, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information may also be used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment is configured to generate the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention is described in detail from the perspective of a network device.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail from the perspective of the user equipment in conjunction with FIG. 7 and FIG. 8 . .
  • FIG. 7 shows a communication method 300 provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method can be performed by a user equipment.
  • the method 300 includes:
  • S310 Receive first configuration indication information sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group;
  • the communication method transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell,
  • the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, and/or the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the number of parameters maintained by the user equipment can be reduced, thereby reducing the complexity of the user equipment.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group may be associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment, or the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group may also be associated with different serving base stations of the user equipment.
  • the first secondary cell group is associated with the secondary base station of the user equipment
  • the second secondary cell group is associated with the primary base station or another secondary base station of the user equipment, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the first configuration indication information may be carried in a configuration message, where the configuration message may carry configuration parameters of the first secondary cell group determined by the network device, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: an acknowledgement information ACK, a negative information NACK, and channel state information.
  • the primary and secondary cells of the second secondary cell group are configured with a physical uplink control channel.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the uplink control channel related to the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted through the physical uplink control channel configured by the primary secondary cell of the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the second secondary cell group and the identification information of the first cell.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identification information of the second secondary cell group, and the first cell Identification information and identification information of the primary and secondary cells of the second secondary cell group.
  • the user equipment configures the first secondary cell group according to the first configuration indication information, including:
  • Uplink control information related to a cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment passes the first a physical uplink control channel transmission of the cell, where the first cell belongs to a second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the specific field in the configuration message may carry the identifier information of the second secondary cell group to indicate at least one of the foregoing configurations; or the specific field in the configuration message may carry the master of the second secondary cell group.
  • the identification information of the secondary cell is used to indicate at least one of the foregoing configurations, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information may indicate that the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the RLC entity and the PDCP entity located in the second secondary cell group, and is used to process the first secondary cell.
  • the MAC entity that processes the data transmission on the at least one cell in the group may be located in the first secondary cell group, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the second secondary cell group establishes a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group. At least one item;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity established in the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, including:
  • the data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell are indicated.
  • the method 300 further includes transmitting a configuration complete message to the network device.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the communication method transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a communication method 400 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method 400 can be performed by a user equipment. As shown in FIG. 8, the method 400 includes:
  • S410 Receive first configuration indication information sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the user equipment generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment;
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment is configured to generate the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group may be associated with the primary base station of the user equipment, and if the second cell group is a secondary cell group, The first cell group and the second cell group may be associated with the primary base station or the same secondary base station of the user equipment, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station.
  • the second cell group is a secondary cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group are both associated with the secondary base station of the user equipment.
  • At least one of the security configuration parameters a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, a secondary cell group intermediate key index value, and a secondary cell group intermediate key number.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that data transmission on at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group indicated by the first configuration indication information is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group to determine at least one cell of the first cell group.
  • the data transmission process generates an encryption key using the security configuration parameters of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group indicated by the first configuration indication information belong to the same timing advance group TAG or the primary secondary cell of the first cell group and the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group belong to Determining data transmission on at least one cell of the first cell group by the same TAG
  • the process uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the method 400 further includes:
  • the method 400 further includes transmitting a configuration complete message to the network device.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment is configured to generate the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates a communication method 500 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment has a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, and the network device is the primary base station MeNB of the user equipment, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the MeNB determines that the first SCG needs to be newly added to the UE, and determines configuration information of the first SCG.
  • the configuration information includes configuration information of the first PSCell and configuration information of the second PSCell.
  • the first PSCell is a PSCell of a newly configured first SCG, and the first PSCell does not configure a PUCCH resource.
  • the second PSCell is a PSCell of the second SCG that has been configured or another PSCell of the second SCG that is configured simultaneously with the first SCG, and the second PSCell is configured with PUCCH resources.
  • the MeNB sends an SCG configuration message to the UE, and configures a new SCG for the UE.
  • the SCG configuration message includes configuration information of the newly added SCG determined by the MeNB.
  • the MeNB may include, in the SCG configuration message, indication information that the first PScell and the second PScell share the PUCCH resource on the second PSCell.
  • the indication information may be displayed or implicitly indicated.
  • the first SCG is configured to include the identification information of the first PScell and the second PSCell for implicit indication.
  • the MeNB may also include, in the SCG configuration message, indication information that the first SCG and the second SCG share the PUCCH resource on the second SCG.
  • the indication information may be displayed or implicitly indicated.
  • the identification information of the first SCG and the second SCG is included for implicit indication.
  • the MeNB may also indicate that the UE shares the PUCCH resources of the first PSCell and the second PSCell or the PUCCH resources of the first SCG and the second SCG in other manners, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the UE After receiving the SCG configuration message sent by the MeNB, the UE configures the first PSCell for the newly added SCG according to the configuration information of the SCG included in the SCG configuration message, or further configures the second PSCell.
  • the first PSCell belongs to the newly configured first SCG and does not configure PUCCH resources.
  • the second PSCell belongs to the already configured SCG or another new SCG configured simultaneously with the new SCG, and the second PSCell configures the PUCCH resource.
  • the UE determines, according to the indication information included in the SCG configuration message, that information such as HARQ-ACK, CSI, or SR related to the first SCG needs to be sent in the second PSCell or the second SCG.
  • the UE may establish a first SCG or an association relationship between the first PSCell and the second PSCell, where the association relationship indicates that the PUCCH resource of the first SCG is configured on the second PSCell, or the first SCG-related HARQ-ACK, CSI Feedback of information such as SR or the like needs to be transmitted on the PUCCH of the second PSCell.
  • the first PSCell is a downlink timing reference cell of all serving cells in the newly configured first SCG.
  • the second PSCell is a downlink timing reference cell of a serving cell in the second SCG.
  • the UE determines to transmit the above information through the PUCCH resource of the second PSCell.
  • the PUCCH resource is not configured on the first PSCell of the first SCG, and the first PSCell and the second PSCell share the PUCCH configured on the second PSCell, so that the UE can be prevented from simultaneously performing the PUCCH.
  • Excessive number of transmitted carriers The problem of power limitation on the UE side.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a communication method 600 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • S610 is similar to S510.
  • the first SCG is associated with the SeNB.
  • the MeNB may first negotiate with the SeNB to determine whether to configure the PUCCH resource on the first PSCell of the first SCG.
  • the MeNB determines, when the first SCG that is newly added to the UE belongs to one SeNB, sends an SCG setup request message (or a SeNB configuration request message or an SCG increase request message) to the SeNB, where the SCG increase request message carries whether the PUCCH is configured in the SCG.
  • the second PSCell is a PSCell of the second SCG that has been configured or another new PSCell of the second SCG that is configured simultaneously with the new first SCG.
  • the SeNB After receiving the SCG setup request message, the SeNB determines whether to configure the PUCCH resource in the first SCG or the first PSCell according to the indication of the MeNB, or determines that the first SCG-related HARQ-ACK, CSI, or SR information needs to be in the second. PSell sends it.
  • the SeNB sends an SCG setup response message to the MeNB.
  • S650 to S670 are similar to S520 to S540 in the method 500. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
  • the PUCCH resource is not configured on the first PSCell of the first SCG, and the first PSCell and the first are compared with the scheme in which the PUCCH resource is configured in each of the SCGs in the prior art.
  • the second PSCell shares the PUCCH configured on the second PSCell, which can avoid the problem that the UE has too many carriers for performing PUCCH transmission at the same time, and the UE side power is limited.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a communication method 700 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the MeNB determines that a new first SCG needs to be configured for the UE and a new first bearer is established in the first SCG.
  • the MeNB sends an SCG configuration message to the UE, where the SCG configuration message includes information about a newly established bearer, and the SCG configuration message includes indication information about whether to establish a new layer 2 (L2) entity for the first SCG.
  • the indication information may be displayed indication information or implicit indication information.
  • the L2 entity may include a PDCP entity, an RLC entity, and a MAC real body.
  • the MeNB may instruct the UE to establish a new MAC entity for the first SCG, but the RLC entity and the PDCP entity may be shared with the second SCG.
  • the second SCG may refer to one SCG that the current UE has established or the second SCG that is newly established by the UE in the SCG configuration message.
  • the SCG configuration information should further indicate the identity of the SCG that the PDCP entity or the RLC entity that the split bearer should establish.
  • the split bearer refers to the split transmission of the data packet of the bearer in the first SCG and the second SCG, that is, part of the data packet is transmitted through the first SCG, and part of the data packet is transmitted through the second SCG.
  • the SCG configuration information may indicate the identifier of the SCG corresponding to the PDCP layer that splits the bearer, that is, the first SCG or the second SCG.
  • the SCG configuration information may be used to indicate the identifier of the SCG corresponding to the RLC layer of the bearer, that is, the first SCG or the second SCG, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. this.
  • the UE determines, according to the information in the SCG configuration message, whether the L2 entity of the first SCG needs to be established. Further, in the case that establishment is required, it may be determined which L2 entity of the PDCP entity, the RLC entity, and the MAC entity needs to be established. Alternatively, when it is not necessary to establish an L2 entity, information that the second SCG of the L2 entity can be shared with the first SCG is determined.
  • the second SCG refers to one SCG that the current UE has established or the second SCG that indicates that the UE is newly established in the SCG configuration message.
  • the UE determines, according to the indication in the SCG configuration message, that a new MAC entity needs to be established for the first SCG, and further determines that the first SCG can share the PDCP entity and the RLC entity with the second SCG.
  • the UE After the UE establishes the first SCG according to the SCG configuration message and configures the L2 entity for the first SCG, the UE sends an SCG configuration complete message to the MeNB.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a communication method 800 provided by another embodiment of the present invention.
  • S810 is similar to S710, and the newly added first SCG is associated with the SeNB.
  • the MeNB may first cooperate with the SeNB.
  • Negotiate to determine whether to establish a new L2 entity for the first SCG, or to establish which L2 entities.
  • the MeNB determines that the first SCG that needs to be newly added to the UE belongs to one SeNB, and sends an SCG establishment request message (or an SeNB configuration request message or a SeNB addition request message, and the specific name of the message is not limited by the present invention) to the SeNB, the SCG
  • the setup request message carries indication information of whether to establish a new L2 entity for the SCG. If the indication does not establish an L2 entity for the first SCG, indicating that the information of the second SCG of the L2 entity can be shared with the first SCG.
  • the second SCG refers to one SCG that the current UE has established or indicates a second SCG newly established by the UE in the SCG configuration message.
  • the first SCG may further indicate that one or more of the MAC entity, the RLC entity, or the PDCP entity are required. If one or more of the MAC entity, the RLC entity, or the PDCP entity does not need to be established, then information indicating that the second SCG of the corresponding entity can be shared is required.
  • the SeNB After receiving the SCG setup request message, the SeNB determines, according to the indication of the MeNB, whether to establish an L2 entity for the first SCG. If the indication information indicates that a new L2 entity does not need to be established for the first SCG, then the second SCG that should share the L2 entity with the first SCG is determined according to the indication information. If the indication information indicates that some or all of the L2 entities in the MAC entity, the RLC entity or the PDCP entity need to be established for the first SCG, a corresponding entity is established for the first SCG.
  • the SeNB sends an SCG addition request acknowledgement message to the MeNB.
  • S850 ⁇ S870 are similar to S720 ⁇ 740. For brevity, they are not described here.
  • the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present invention shares the L2 entity established on the second SCG by using the first SCG and the second SCG, as compared with the technical solution of establishing an independent L2 entity on each SCG in the prior art.
  • One or more of them can avoid adding too many L2 entities on the UE side and causing an increase in UE complexity.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a communication method 900 provided by another embodiment of the present invention. It is assumed here that both the first SCG and the second SCG are associated with the MeNB. If the first SCG and the second SCG are both associated with the SeNB, the MeSB in FIG. 13 may be replaced by the SeNB, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the MeNB determines that a new SCG needs to be configured for the UE, which is referred to herein as a first SCG.
  • the MeNB sends an SCG configuration message to the UE, where the SCG configuration message includes indication information whether a new security key should be established in the first SCG.
  • the indication information may be displayed indication information or implicit indication information. For example, whether the UE needs to establish new security at the first SCG may be implicitly indicated by whether or not the security security configuration parameters (SCG counter and/or SCG encryption algorithm) associated with the first SCG are included.
  • the SCG configuration message should further indicate information of the security key that should be used on the first SCG, such as the index value of the security key and the security key. Numbering.
  • the security key information may be one or more of an SCG counter value, an encryption algorithm, or an intermediate key S-KeNB.
  • the SCG configuration message may indicate that the first SCG shares a security key with the second SCG, the second SCG is one SCG that the current UE has established, or the second SCG that is newly established by the UE in the SCG configuration message.
  • the shared security key information may be one or more of the SCG counter value of the second SCG, the encryption algorithm or the intermediate key S-KeNB.
  • the SCG configuration message may also indicate that the first SCG should share the PDCP entity with the second SCG for the established bearer, because the PDCP entity has a management function of the security key, and therefore, the UE may also be implicitly instructed to be in the first When the SCG performs data transmission, the same security key as the second SCG is used.
  • the UE After receiving the SCG configuration message, the UE determines, according to the indication information in the SCG configuration message, whether to establish a new security key in the first SCG. Or, in the case of not establishing a new security key for the first SCG, determining a security key that can be used, for example, determining a security key that can be used according to an index of the security key in the SCG configuration message, and then the UE is executing When data is encrypted, the encrypted key can be generated using the indicated security key, and the data to be encrypted is encrypted and transmitted.
  • the security key can be shared with the second SCG according to the SCG configuration message. Then, when the first SCG performs data transmission, the UE uses the same security secret as the second SCG to generate an encryption key (encryption key, Kenc), and then encrypts and transmits the data to be encrypted.
  • an encryption key encryption key, Kenc
  • the UE determines that the first SCG and the second SCG can share the security key according to the sharing information indicated by the SCG configuration message and the PDCP entity of the second SCG, so when the first SCG performs data transmission, the second and the second SCG are used. After the same security key is generated by the SCG, the encryption key Kenc is generated, and the data to be encrypted is encrypted and transmitted.
  • the communication method of the embodiment of the present invention by sharing the key between the first SCG and the second SCG, it is possible to avoid managing too many security keys on the UE side and causing an increase in UE complexity.
  • FIG. 14 shows a communication method 1000 provided by another embodiment of the present invention. It is assumed here that both the first SCG and the second SCG are associated with the MeNB. If the first SCG and the second SCG are both associated with the SeNB For the association, the MeSB in FIG. 14 may be replaced by the SeNB, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the MeNB determines that one or more SCGs need to be configured for the UE, and determines whether the one or more SCGs can belong to the same TAG.
  • the TAG refers to one or more serving cells that can share the same TA value, that is, all cells in a TAG can use the same TA value.
  • the MeNB sends an SCG configuration message to the UE, where the SCG configuration message includes TAG information of the serving cell in the SCG, that is, information of the TAG to which the serving cell in the SCG belongs.
  • the SCG configuration information may contain information of the PSCell of each SCG.
  • the MeNB may configure the random access resources only for one of the PSCells.
  • the UE After receiving the SCG configuration message, the UE determines information about the TAG to which the PSCell of the SCG belongs. If the TAG of the PSCell is an existing TAG, the UE ignores performing random access on the PSCell, and directly uses the TA value corresponding to the TAG for uplink transmission. Otherwise, the UE performs random access on the PSCell of the SCG to obtain a new TA value.
  • the UE determines whether the PSCells of the multiple SCGs belong to the same TAG. If the PSCells of the multiple SCGs belong to the same TAG value, the UE selects the PSCell of one of the SCGs to perform random. Access to get the TA value of the TAG to which it belongs. Otherwise, if the PSCells of at least two SCGs in the PSCells of the multiple SCGs do not belong to the same TAG, the UE sequentially performs random access on different PSCells.
  • the manner in which the UE selects which PSCell to perform random access preferentially may perform random access on multiple PSCells in order to obtain the TA value of the corresponding TAG according to the identifier of the PSCell.
  • the UE may also select a PSCell configured with a random access resource to perform random access according to the configuration of the SCG to obtain a TA value of the corresponding TAG.
  • the communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention can prevent the UE from performing unnecessary random access.
  • the UE may also be prevented from performing excessive random access to further avoid the power limitation problem when the UE performs random access on multiple PScells.
  • FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 are intended to help those skilled in the art to better understand the embodiments of the present invention and not to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • a person skilled in the art will be able to make various modifications and changes in the embodiments according to the examples of FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 , and such modifications or variations are also within the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • PUCCH of the second secondary cell group may refer to "PUCCH used by the second secondary cell group", and may include the PUCCH allocated by the network side for the second secondary cell group, and may also include other The PUCCH shared by the cell group and the second cell group, for example, the network side allocates the same PUCCH to the second secondary cell group and other cell groups, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • layer two functional entity of the second secondary cell group may refer to "a layer two functional entity established in the second secondary cell group", which may include the user equipment described above established in the second secondary cell group.
  • the Layer 2 functional entity corresponding to the second secondary cell group is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • security configuration parameter of the second cell group may refer to "security configuration parameter used by the second cell group", and may include the security specified by the network side for the user equipment for the second cell group.
  • the configuration parameter may also include security configuration parameters shared by the other cell group and the second cell group. For example, the network side allocates the same security configuration parameter to the other cell group and the second cell group, or the network side allocates other cell groups.
  • the security configuration parameter is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • time advance value of the second cell group may refer to "the time advance value used by the second cell group", and may include the time advance value obtained by the user equipment in performing the random access procedure in the second cell group.
  • the method for obtaining the time advance value of the user equipment in the other cell group and the second cell group and the other cell group sharing the time advance value may be included in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 2 through 14, and a network device, a user equipment, and a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 15 through 22.
  • FIG. 15 shows a network device 1100 according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may be a base station, a base station controller, or other network side device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 1100 includes:
  • a determining unit 1110 configured to determine to allocate a first secondary cell group to the user equipment
  • the sending unit 1120 is configured to send, to the user equipment, first configuration indication information, where the first configuration
  • the indication information is used to indicate that the determining unit 1110 determines at least one of the following configurations of the allocated first secondary cell group:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment,
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the network device transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: an acknowledgement information ACK, a negative information NACK, and channel state information.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment and the identification information of the first cell.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a second data group of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment establishes a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group. At least one of the entities;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, including:
  • the data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary small group are indicated.
  • the network device is a primary base station
  • the user equipment has at least two serving base stations including the primary base station and the first secondary base station
  • the first secondary cell group is associated with the first secondary base station.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: before the sending the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, send, to the first secondary base station, second configuration indication information, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary base station determines a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group, where the configuration parameter includes a physical uplink control channel of the cell in the first secondary cell group and a layer two functional entity corresponding to data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group At least one of them;
  • the primary base station further includes:
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive a configuration response message sent by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information sent by the sending unit
  • the sending unit is specifically configured to send the first configuration indication information to the user equipment according to the configuration response message received by the second receiving unit.
  • all cell groups configured by the user equipment are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group are associated with different base stations.
  • the configuration response message is used to indicate a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information
  • the sending unit comprises:
  • Determining a subunit configured to determine at least one of the following configurations according to the configuration response message received by the second receiving unit:
  • the uplink control information of the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell;
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the user equipment
  • the time advance value of the second secondary cell group is adjusted for uplink timing.
  • the network device 1100 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the network device 1100 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 2 and 9
  • the corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 14 are not described herein again for the sake of brevity.
  • the communication method transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • FIG. 16 shows a network device 1200 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 1200 may be a base station, a base station controller, or other network side device. As shown in FIG. 16, the network device 1200 includes:
  • the determining unit 1210 is configured to determine to allocate a first cell group to the user equipment, where the first cell group is a secondary cell group;
  • the sending unit 1220 is configured to send the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the determining unit 1210 determines that the allocated first cell group has at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the network device generates the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring the first cell group of the user equipment to perform data transmission on the at least one cell of the first cell group.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with a same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, the second cell group is a secondary cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group are both associated with the user equipment. Associated with the same secondary base station.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, and a secondary cell group intermediate The index value of the key and the number of the secondary cell group intermediate key.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that data transmission on at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the first cell group does not have a random access resource; wherein the second cell group is configured with a random access resource, and the second cell group
  • the time advance value is obtained by the user equipment by performing the random access procedure by using the random access resource in the second cell group.
  • the network device 1200 further includes:
  • a first receiving unit configured to receive, by the user equipment, the configuration that is sent according to the first configuration indication information Set the completion message.
  • the network device is a first secondary base station that is associated with the first cell group and the second cell group, and the user equipment has at least two services including a primary base station and the first secondary base station.
  • Base station
  • the first secondary base station further includes:
  • a second receiving unit configured to receive, by the sending unit, the first configuration indication information that is sent by the primary base station, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first secondary base station is The user equipment allocates the first cell group;
  • the determining unit is specifically configured to determine, according to the second configuration indication information received by the second receiving unit, the first cell group to be allocated to the user equipment.
  • the network device 1200 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the network device 1200 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 6 and 9
  • the corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 14 are not described herein again for the sake of brevity.
  • the network device generates the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring the first cell group of the user equipment to perform data transmission on the at least one cell of the first cell group.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • FIG. 17 shows a user equipment 1300 provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1300 includes:
  • the receiving unit 1310 is configured to receive first configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment,
  • Data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is located by The layer 2 functional entity of the second secondary cell group performs processing;
  • the configuration unit 1320 is configured to configure the first secondary cell group according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiving unit 1310.
  • the user equipment transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: an acknowledgement information ACK, a negative information NACK, and channel state information.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identifier information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment and identifier information of the first cell.
  • the primary and secondary cells of the second secondary cell group are configured with a physical uplink control channel; the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that data transmission in the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group passes the Physical uplink control channel transmission configured by the primary and secondary cells of the second secondary cell group.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the second secondary cell group establishes a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group. At least one item;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity established in the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, including:
  • the data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary small group are indicated.
  • the user equipment 1300 further includes: a sending unit, configured to send a configuration complete message to the network device.
  • all cell groups configured by the user equipment are associated with the same base station of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group are associated with different base stations.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the user equipment 1300 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the user equipment 1300 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 7 and 9
  • FIGS. 7 and 9 The corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 14 are not described herein again for the sake of brevity.
  • the user equipment transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • FIG. 18 shows a user equipment 1400 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1400 includes:
  • the receiving unit 1410 is configured to receive first configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the user equipment generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment;
  • the configuration unit 1420 is configured to configure the first cell group according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiving unit 1410.
  • the user equipment generates a encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with a same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station; the second cell group is a secondary cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group are both the user equipment Secondary base station association.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, and a secondary cell group intermediate The index value of the key and the number of the secondary cell group intermediate key.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that data transmission on at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the configuration unit 1420 is specifically configured to: according to the data transmission, the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group indicated by the first configuration indication information is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group, and determining Data transmission on at least one cell of the first cell group The process generates an encryption key using the security configuration parameters of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the configuration unit 1420 is specifically configured to: the first cell group and the second cell group that are indicated by the first configuration indication information belong to the same timing advance group TAG or the primary secondary cell of the first cell group and the second The primary and secondary cells of the cell group belong to the same TAG, and the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group determines that the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment is used for uplink timing adjustment.
  • the receiving unit 1410 is further configured to receive second configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate random access allocated by the network device to the second cell group.
  • the user equipment 1400 further includes:
  • a random access unit configured to perform a random access procedure in the second cell group according to the second configuration indication information received by the receiving unit 1410, to obtain a time advance value of the second cell group;
  • a communication unit configured to communicate with the serving base station of the user equipment in the first cell group according to the time advance value of the second cell group obtained by the random access unit.
  • the user equipment 1400 further includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send a configuration completion message to the network device.
  • User equipment 1400 may correspond to user equipment in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in user equipment 1400 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 8 to 14
  • the corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the user equipment generates a encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can be avoided.
  • the user equipment maintains a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby reducing the complexity of the user equipment and improving the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • FIG. 19 shows a network device 1500 according to an embodiment of the present invention, which may be a base station, a base station controller, or other network side device, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 1500 includes:
  • the processor 1510 is configured to determine to allocate a first secondary cell group to the user equipment.
  • the transmitter 1520 is configured to send, to the user equipment, first configuration indication information, where the first configuration indication information is used to instruct the processor 1510 to determine at least one of the following configurations of the first secondary cell group that is allocated:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment,
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the network device transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • the processor 1510 may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor 1510 may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and application specific integrated circuits. (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and more.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the network device may also include a memory, which may include a read only memory and a random memory
  • the memory is fetched and instructions and data are provided to the processor 1510.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the network device may further include a bus system, which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • a bus system which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
  • each step of the foregoing method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1510 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor 1510 reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: an acknowledgement information ACK, a negative information NACK, and channel state information.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: the identification information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment and the identification information of the first cell.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a second data group of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment establishes a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group. At least one of the entities;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, including:
  • the data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that a split bearer of the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group is established, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell are indicated.
  • the network device is a primary base station
  • the user equipment has the At least two serving base stations of the primary base station and the first secondary base station
  • the first secondary cell group is associated with the first secondary base station.
  • the transmitter is further configured to: before the sending the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, send, to the first secondary base station, second configuration indication information, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary base station determines a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group, where the configuration parameter includes a physical uplink control channel of the cell in the first secondary cell group and a layer two functional entity corresponding to data transmission on at least one cell in the first secondary cell group At least one of them;
  • the primary base station further includes:
  • a second receiver configured to receive a configuration response message sent by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information sent by the sender
  • the transmitter is specifically configured to send the first configuration indication information to the user equipment according to the configuration response message received by the second receiver.
  • all cell groups configured by the user equipment are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group are associated with different base stations.
  • the configuration response message is used to indicate a configuration parameter of the first secondary cell group determined by the first secondary base station according to the second configuration indication information
  • the processor is further configured to determine at least one of the following configurations according to the configuration response message received by the receiver:
  • the uplink control information of the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell;
  • Data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the network device 1500 may correspond to the network device in the communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations of the respective modules in the network device 1500 and/or For the sake of brevity, the functions of the respective methods in FIG. 2 and FIG. 9 to FIG. 14 are respectively omitted.
  • the communication method transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • FIG. 20 shows a network device 1600 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 1600 may be a base station, a base station controller, or other network side device. As shown in FIG. 20, the network device 1600 includes:
  • the processor 1610 is configured to determine to allocate a first cell group to the user equipment, where the first cell group is a secondary cell group;
  • the transmitter 1620 is configured to send the first configuration indication information to the user equipment, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the processor 1610 determines that the allocated first cell group has at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • the network device generates the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring the first cell group of the user equipment to perform data transmission on the at least one cell of the first cell group.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group. Access the process and communicate directly with the network side, thus The power consumption of system resources and user equipment.
  • the processor 1610 may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor 1610 may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), Ready-to-use programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and more.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the network device can also include a memory, which can include read only memory and random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 1610.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the network device may further include a bus system, which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • a bus system which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1610 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor 1610 reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with a same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, the second cell group is a secondary cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group are both associated with the user equipment. Associated with the same secondary base station.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, and a secondary cell group intermediate The index value of the key and the number of the secondary cell group intermediate key.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that data transmission on at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the first cell group does not have a random access resource; wherein the second cell group is configured with a random access resource, and the second cell group
  • the time advance value is obtained by the user equipment by performing the random access procedure by using the random access resource in the second cell group.
  • the network device 1600 further includes:
  • a receiver configured to receive a configuration completion message sent by the user equipment according to the first configuration indication information.
  • the network device is a first secondary base station that is associated with the first cell group and the second cell group, and the user equipment has at least two services including a primary base station and the first secondary base station.
  • the first secondary base station further includes:
  • a receiver configured to receive second configuration indication information sent by the primary base station, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first secondary base station is the user, before the sending, by the sender, the first configuration indication information
  • the device allocates the first cell group
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the second configuration indication information received by the receiver, the first cell group to be allocated to the user equipment.
  • the network device 1600 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in the network device 1600 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 6 and 9
  • the corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 14 are not described herein again for the sake of brevity.
  • the network device generates the encryption key by using the security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring the first cell group of the user equipment to perform data transmission on the at least one cell of the first cell group. a key, and/or at least one cell of the first group of cells
  • the data transmission process uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby reducing the complexity of the user equipment and improving the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • FIG. 21 shows a user equipment 1700 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1700 includes:
  • the receiver 1710 is configured to receive first configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is transmitted by using a physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second secondary cell group of the user equipment,
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group;
  • the processor 1720 is configured to configure the first secondary cell group according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiver 1710.
  • the user equipment transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • the processor 1720 may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor 1720 may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), Ready-to-use programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and more.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the network device may also include a memory, which may include a read only memory and a random memory
  • the memory is fetched and instructions and data are provided to the processor 1720.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the network device may further include a bus system, which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • a bus system which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1720 or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor 1720 reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the first cell is a primary and secondary cell of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment.
  • the uplink control information includes at least one of the following information: an acknowledgement information ACK, a negative information NACK, and channel state information.
  • the first configuration indication information includes at least one of the following information: identifier information of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment and identifier information of the first cell.
  • the primary and secondary cells of the second secondary cell group are configured with a physical uplink control channel; the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission in the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the A physical uplink control channel configured by the primary and secondary cells of the second secondary cell group.
  • the layer two functional entity includes at least one of a medium access control entity, a radio link control entity, and a packet data convergence protocol entity.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the second secondary cell group establishes a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer of the first secondary cell group. At least one item;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity established in the second secondary cell group of the user equipment, including:
  • the data transmission on the bearer of the first secondary cell group is processed by at least one of a packet data convergence protocol entity and a radio link control entity corresponding to the bearer established by the second secondary cell group.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate that the first auxiliary is established.
  • a split bearer of the cell group and the second secondary cell group indicates a secondary cell group used in the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group to perform a split operation.
  • the user equipment 1700 further includes: a transmitter, configured to send a configuration complete message to the network device.
  • all cell groups configured by the user equipment are associated with the same base station of the user equipment.
  • the user equipment has multiple serving base stations, and the first secondary cell group and the second secondary cell group are associated with different base stations.
  • the first configuration indication information is further used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first secondary cell group uses the time advance value of the second secondary cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment.
  • User equipment 1700 may correspond to a network device in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in user equipment 1700 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 7 and 9
  • FIGS. 7 and 9 The corresponding processes of the respective methods in FIG. 14 are not described herein again for the sake of brevity.
  • the user equipment transmits the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group of the user equipment through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the user.
  • the data transmission on the second secondary cell group of the device and/or the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by the layer two functional entity located in the second secondary cell group, which can reduce the parameters maintained by the user equipment. Number, which reduces the complexity of the user device.
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is configured to be transmitted through the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, it is possible to avoid excessive power requirements for the user equipment due to the simultaneous transmission of a large number of physical uplink channels. To improve the viability of the system.
  • FIG. 22 shows a user equipment 1800 according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 1800 includes:
  • the receiver 1810 is configured to receive first configuration indication information that is sent by the network device, where the first configuration indication information is used to indicate at least one of the following configurations:
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the user equipment uses the The security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment generates an encryption key
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment;
  • the processor 1820 is configured to configure the first cell group according to the first configuration indication information received by the receiver 1810.
  • the user equipment generates a encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • the processor 1820 may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor 1820 may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), Ready-to-use programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, and more.
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the network device can also include a memory, which can include read only memory and random access memory, and provides instructions and data to the processor 1820.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the network device may further include a bus system, which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • a bus system which may include a power bus, a control bus, a status signal bus, and the like in addition to the data bus.
  • the various buses are labeled as bus systems in the figure.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor 1820 or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a random access memory, a flash memory, a read only memory, a programmable read only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc., and a mature storage medium in the field. in.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor 1820 reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to perform the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the first cell group and the second cell group are associated with a same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station; the second cell group is a secondary cell group, and the first cell group and the second cell group are both the user equipment Secondary base station association.
  • the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: the security configuration parameter includes at least one of the following parameters: a secondary cell group counter, a secondary cell group intermediate key, and a secondary cell group intermediate The index value of the key and the number of the secondary cell group intermediate key.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that data transmission on at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group.
  • the processor 1820 is specifically configured to: according to the first configuration indication information, the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first cell group is processed by using a packet data convergence protocol entity located in the second cell group, and determining The data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group generates an encryption key using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment to perform uplink timing adjustment, including :
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the first cell group of the user equipment and the second cell group of the user equipment belong to the same timing advance group TAG; or
  • the first configuration indication information is used to indicate that the primary and secondary cells of the first cell group of the user equipment belong to the same TAG as the primary secondary cell or the primary cell of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the processor 1820 is specifically configured to: according to the first configuration indication information, the first cell group and the second cell group belong to the same timing advance group TAG or the primary and secondary cell groups of the first cell group and the second The primary and secondary cells of the cell group belong to the same TAG, and the time when the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the second cell group of the user equipment is determined. The previous value is used for uplink timing adjustment.
  • the receiver 1810 is further configured to receive, by the network device, second configuration indication information, where the second configuration indication information is used to indicate that the network device allocates random access to the second cell group.
  • the processor is further configured to perform a random access procedure in the second cell group according to the second configuration indication information received by the receiver 1810 to obtain a time advance value of the second cell group.
  • the user equipment further includes a transceiver, configured to communicate with the serving base station of the user equipment in the first cell group according to the time advance value of the second cell group obtained by the processor.
  • the user equipment 1800 further includes:
  • a transmitter configured to send a configuration complete message to the network device.
  • User equipment 1800 may correspond to user equipment in a communication method according to an embodiment of the present invention, and the above and other operations and/or functions of respective modules in user equipment 1800 are respectively implemented in order to implement FIGS. 8 to 14
  • the corresponding processes of each method in the following are not repeated here for brevity.
  • the user equipment generates a encryption key by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment by configuring a data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group of the first cell group of the user equipment.
  • the key, and/or the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group uses the time advance value of the second cell group to perform uplink timing adjustment, which can prevent the user equipment from maintaining a large number of security configuration parameters or time advance values, thereby Reduce the complexity of user equipment and improve the feasibility of the system.
  • the data transmission process on the at least one cell of the first cell group is used to perform uplink timing adjustment by using the time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment, so that the user equipment does not need to perform random operation in the first cell group.
  • the access process directly communicates with the network side, thereby saving system resources and power consumption of user equipment.
  • the embodiment of the invention also provides a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a user equipment and at least one serving base station of the user equipment, wherein the user equipment is configured with a plurality of cell groups, and the first serving base station of the at least one serving base station of the user equipment and the plurality of cell groups At least two cell groups are associated.
  • the multiple cell group includes a first secondary cell group and a second cell group, where the second cell group is a primary cell group or a secondary cell group, and the first secondary cell group and the second cell group Satisfied At least one of the column configurations:
  • the uplink control information related to the cell in the first secondary cell group is transmitted by the physical uplink control channel of the first cell, where the first cell belongs to the second cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by a layer two functional entity located in the second cell group;
  • the data transmission on the at least one cell in the first secondary cell group is processed by using a security configuration parameter of the second cell group of the user equipment;
  • the data transmission on at least one of the first secondary cell groups is processed using a time advance value of the second cell group of the user equipment.
  • the number of the at least one serving base station may be one.
  • the UE may establish a connection with only one base station.
  • the base station can configure one MCG and optionally one or more SCGs for the UE.
  • the number of the at least one serving base station may also be plural.
  • the at least one serving base station includes one MeNB and one SeNB.
  • the MeNB and the SeNB are connected through the X2 interface, and the UE can establish a connection with the MeNB and the SeNB, and then the MeNB and the SeNB can configure one MCG and one or more SCGs for the UE.
  • the at least one serving base station may include one MeNB and multiple SeNBs, where the MeNB and the SeNB and each SeNB are connected through an X2 interface. At this time, the UE may establish a connection with the MeNB and the multiple SeNBs, and then the MeNB and the multiple SeNBs may configure one MCG and one or more SCGs for the UE.
  • the second cell group may be a primary cell group or a secondary cell group.
  • the at least two secondary cell groups include the second cell group.
  • the first secondary cell group and the second cell group are associated with the same serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the number of at least one serving base station of the user equipment is one, and multiple cell groups of the user equipment are associated with the serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the at least one serving base station of the user equipment includes a primary base station and at least one secondary base station, where the primary base station is associated with the primary cell group, and each of the at least one secondary base station and the secondary base station One or more secondary cell groups in at least two secondary cell groups are associated.
  • the user equipment may be configured with N cell groups, where the N cell groups include a primary cell group and (N-1) secondary cell groups, and N is an integer greater than 2. There is only one service on this user device
  • the N cell groups may each be associated with a serving base station of the user equipment.
  • the primary base station may be associated with a primary cell group and zero or at least one secondary cell group in the N cell groups, and each secondary base station may (N-1) Zero or at least one secondary cell group association in the secondary cell group, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the at least one serving base station may include the network device 1100 shown in FIG. 15, and the user equipment may be the user equipment 1300 shown in FIG.
  • the at least one serving base station may include the network device 1200 shown in FIG. 16, and the user equipment may be the user equipment 1400 shown in FIG.
  • the at least one serving base station may include the network device 1500 shown in FIG. 19, and the user equipment may be the user equipment 1700 shown in FIG.
  • the at least one serving base station may include the network device 1600 shown in FIG. 20, and the user equipment may be the user equipment 1800 shown in FIG.
  • association relationship describing the associated object indicates that there may be three relationships.
  • a and/or B may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist alone.
  • the character / in this paper generally indicates that the contextual object is an OR relationship.
  • the disclosed systems, devices, and methods may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another The system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, or an electrical, mechanical or other form of connection.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, may be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention contributes in essence or to the prior art, or all or part of the technical solution may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a storage medium.
  • a number of instructions are included to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明公开了一种通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统，该通信方法包括：网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；所述网络设备向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与所述第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组；所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。本发明公开的通信方法能够降低UE的复杂度。

Description

通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信领域，并且更具体地，涉及通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统。
背景技术
载波汇聚(Carrier Aggregation，CA)技术主要是将多个组成载波(Component Carrier,CC)汇聚成一个具有较大带宽的载波，以支持高速数据传输。在目前的长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)载波聚合中，最多支持八个载波进行聚合。为了使得UE能够同时聚合不同基站(例如宏基站和微基站)上的组成载波，以进一步获得更高的数据传输速率，可以引入双连接(Dual Connectivity，DC)技术。DC技术的主要思想是将由非理想回程链路(backhaul)连接的不同基站上的载波进行聚合。在双连接中，一个用户设备(User Equipment，UE)配置有两个小区组(Cell group)或者组成载波组(CC group)，其中一个为主小区组(Master Cell group，MCG)，另一个为辅小区组(Secondary Cell Group,SCG)。具体概念如下：
主小区组是指与主基站(Maser eNB,MeNB)相关联的一个小区组，由主小区(Primary Cell，PCell)以及零个或至少一个辅小区(Secondary Cell，SCell)组成；
辅小区组是指与辅基站(Secondary eNB，SeNB)相关联的一个小区组，由主辅小区(Primary Secondary Cell，PSCell)以及零个或至少一个辅小区组成；
主小区是指与UE建立无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，RRC)连接的小区，该主小区负责提供安全相关的参数并且配置有物理上行控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel，PUCCH)资源；
主辅小区是指辅小区组包括的配置有PUCCH资源的辅小区；
PUCCH主要用于传输混合自动重传请求确认信息(Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement，HARQ-ACK)、信道状态信息(Channel State Information，CSI)和调度请求(Scheduling Request，SR)等等；
除上述PCell和PSCell外，MCG和SCG中包括的其它小区(即SCell) 都不配置PUCCH资源。
图1示出了一种典型的DC场景示例，其中，UE与MeNB和SeNB同时建立连接，并且MeNB和SeNB采用X2接口进行通信，其中，MeNB关联的小区PCell、SCell1和SCell2组成MCG，SeNB关联的小区PSCell和SCell3组成SCG，其中，MCG和SCG分别对应于不同的中间密钥(Secondary key)和层二功能实体，并且PCell和PSCell分别配置有PUCCH资源。此外，当UE与MeNB或SeNB之间进行数据传输时，UE可以建立与MeNB或SeNB之间的承载，并且使用该承载对应的小区组的安全配置参数(例如，中间秘钥)对该承载中传输的数据进行加密。或者，UE也可以建立与MeNB和SeNB之间的分裂(split)承载，此时，数据包的一部分通过MCG传输，另一部分通过SCG传输，并且MCG和SCG传输的数据均使用MCG对应的安全配置参数进行加密。
为了更进一步提高数据传输速率，引入了大规模载波聚合技术，以实现更多数量的组成载波的载波聚合，例如32个组成载波的载波聚合。而按照现有的DC技术，如果引入大量的组成载波，需要针对每个SCG都配置独立的PUCCH、层二功能实体和中间密钥，UE需要维护的参数个数急剧增加，从而增加UE的功能的复杂度。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统，能够降低UE的复杂度。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种通信方法，包括：网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；该网络设备向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息 和该第一小区的标识信息。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备为主基站，该用户设备具有包括该主基站和第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组与该第一辅基站关联；在该网络设备向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，该方法还包括：该主基站向该第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该主基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，该配置参数包括该第一辅小区组中的小区的物理上行控制信道和该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；该主基站接收该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息；该网络设备向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，包括：该主基站根据该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，该配置响应消息携带该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数；该网络设备根据该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，包括：该主基站根据该配置响应消息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：该第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
第二方面，提供了另一种通信方法，包括：网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，该第一小区组为辅小区组；该网络设备向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区组和该用户设备的第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备为与该第一小区组和该第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，该用户设备具有包括主基站和该第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站；在该网络设备向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，该方法还包括：该网络设备接收该主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅基站为该用户设备分配该第一小区组；网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，包括：该网络设备根据该第二配置指示信息，确定为该用户设备分配该第一小区组。
第三方面，提供了另一种通信方法，包括：用户设备接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该用户设备的第一辅小区组。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指 示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
第四方面，提供了另一种通信方法，包括：用户设备接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的第一小区组和该用户设备的第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同 一个TAG。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：该用户设备接收该网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该网络设备为该用户设备的第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；该用户设备根据该第二配置指示信息，在该第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得该第二小区组的时间提前值；该用户设备根据该第二小区组的时间提前值，在该第一小区组中与该用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
第五方面，提供了一种网络设备，包括：确定单元，用于确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；发送单元，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，组该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备为主基站，该用户设备具有包括该主基站和第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组与该第一辅基站关联；该发送单元还用于在该向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，向该第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该主基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，该配置参数包括该第一辅小区组中的小区的物理上行控制信道和该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；该主基站还包括：第二接收单元，用于接收该第一辅基站根据该发送单元发送的该第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息；该发送单元具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，该配置响应消息用于指示该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数；该发送单元包括：确定子单元，用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该配置响应消息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：该第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
第六方面，提供了另一种网络设备，包括：确定单元，用于确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，该第一小区组为辅小区组；发送单元，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设 备的同一个服务基站关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备为与该第一小区组和该第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，该用户设备具有包括主基站和该第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站；该第一辅基站还包括：第二接收单元，用于在该发送单元向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，接收该主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅基站为该用户设备分配该第一小区组；该确定单元具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该第二配置指示信息，确定为该用户设备分配该第一小区组。
第七方面，提供了一种用户设备，包括：接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位 于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；配置单元，用于根据该接收单元接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一辅小区组。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
第八方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括：接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；配置单元，用于根据该接收单元接收的该第一配置指示信 息，配置该第一小区组。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，该接收单元还用于接收该网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该网络设备为该用户设备的第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；该用户设备还包括：随机接入单元，用于根据该接收单元接收的该第二配置指示信息，该第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得该第二小区组的时间提前值；通信单元，用于根据该随机接入单元获得的该第二小区组的时间提前值，在该第一小区组中与该用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
第九方面，提供了一种通信系统，包括：用户设备和该用户设备的至少一个服务基站，其中，该用户设备配置有多个小区组，该用户设备的至少一个服务基站中的第一服务基站与该多个小区组中的至少两个小区组关联。
在第一种可能的实现方式中，该多个小区组包括第一辅小区组和第二小区组，其中，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二小区组满足下列配置中的至少一种：与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二小区组；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数进行处理；该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行处理。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第二种可能的实现方式中，该第一辅小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的至少一个服务基站具体为用户设备的一个服务基站，并且该用户设备的多个小区组均与该用户设备的一个服务基站关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，该用户设备的至少一个服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，其中，该主基站与该多个小区组中的主小区组关联，该至少一个辅基站中的每个辅基站与该多个小区组中的一个或多个辅小区组关联。
结合上述可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，该主基站还与该多个小区组中的一个或多个辅小区组关联。
第十方面，提供了另一种网络设备，包括：包括：处理器，用于确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；发送器，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，组该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
第十一方面，提供了另一种网络设备，包括：处理器，用于确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，该第一小区组为辅小区组；发送器，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户 设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
第十二方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括：接收器，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；处理器，用于根据该接收器接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一辅小区组。
第十三方面，提供了另一种用户设备，包括：接收器，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：该用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；处理器，用于根据该接收器接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组。
基于上述技术方案，本发明实施例提供的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案，下面将对本发明实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面所描述的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是现有技术中的双连接场景示意图。
图2是本发明实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图3是本发明实施例的应用场景的一个例子的示意图。
图4是本发明实施例的应用场景的另一个例子的示意图。
图5是本发明实施例的应用场景的另一个例子的示意图。
图6是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图7是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图8是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图9是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图10是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图11是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图12是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图13是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图14是本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法的示意性流程图。
图15是本发明实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。
图16是本发明另一实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。
图17是本发明实施例提供的用户设备的示意性框图。
图18是本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备的示意性框图。
图19是本发明另一实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。
图20是本发明另一实施例提供的网络设备的示意性框图。
图21是本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备的示意性框图。
图22是本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备的示意性框图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例，而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都应属于本发明保护的范围。
应理解，本发明实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，LTE)系统、 LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex，TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access，WiMAX)通信系统等。
还应理解，在本发明实施例中，用户设备(User Equipment，UE)可称之为终端(Terminal)、移动台(Mobile Station，MS)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)等，该用户设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network，RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信，例如，用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为蜂窝电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等，例如，用户设备还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语音和/或数据。
还应理解，在本发明实施例中，基站，可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，BTS)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(evolved Node B，eNB或e-NodeB)，本发明对此并不作限定。
还应理解，假设UE只有一个服务基站，本发明实施例中的承载可以具有以下类型：
承载类型1：无线协议栈(或者L2实体，L2协议栈)位于MCG和SCG，既使用MCG也使用SCG的资源的承载，其中，MCG和SCG均与服务基站关联。
承载类型2：无线协议栈(或者L2实体，L2协议栈)位于第一SCG和第二SCG，既使用第一SCG也使用第二SCG的资源的承载，其中，第一SCG和第二SCG均与服务基站关联。
假设UE具有多个服务基站，本发明实施例中的承载还可以进一步具有以下类型：
承载类型3(分裂承载)：无线协议栈(或者L2实体，L2协议栈)位于MeNB(或MCG)和SeNB(或SCG)，仅仅使用SeNB的资源(或SCG的资源)。
承载类型4：无线协议栈(或者L2实体，L2协议栈)位于MeNB和SeNB，并且使用MeNB资源和SeNB资源。
承载类型5：无线协议栈(或者L2实体，L2协议栈)位于第一SeNB (或第一SCG)和第二SeNB(或第二SCG)，并且仅仅使用第二SeNB(或第二SCG)的资源。
承载类型6(分裂承载)：无线协议栈(或者L2实体，L2协议栈)位于第一SeNB(或第一SCG)和第二SeNB(或第二SCG)，并且使用第一SeNB和第二SeNB的资源的承载。
图2是本发明实施例的通信方法100的示意性流程图，该方法100可以由网络侧设备执行，例如基站、基站控制器或网络侧服务器等，但本发明实施例不限于此。如图2所示，该方法100包括：
S110，确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；
S120，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
该网络设备可以在为该用户设备分配该第一辅小区组之前为该用户设备分配该第二辅小区组，并且该用户设备可以未配置或已配置该第二辅小区组。或者，该网络设备也可以在为该用户设备分配该第一辅小区组的同时为该用户设备分配该第二辅小区组，此时，该第一配置指示信息还可以用于指示该网络设备确定的该第二辅小区组的配置参数，其中，该第二辅小区组中的至少一个小区的数据传输可以使用位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，并且该第二辅小区组可以配置有独立的物理上行控制信道资源，本发明实施例对此不作限定。
可选地，与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，包括：
与该第一辅小区组中的主辅小区相关的上行控制信道通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，以及与该第一辅小区组中的辅小区相关的上行控制信道通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输。
该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示在第一小区的物理上行控制信道上传输与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息。此时，该第一辅小区组不配置独立的物理上行控制信道资源，即该第一辅小区组的主辅小区不配置独立的物理上行控制信道资源，该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组共享该第二辅小区组的物理上行控制信道资源。此外，该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输可以由位于该第一辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，该用户设备需要在该第一辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体。
或者，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。此时，该第一辅小区组配置有独立的物理上行控制信道资源，例如，该第一辅小区组的主辅小区配置有物理上行控制信道资源，该第一辅小区组内的小区相关的上行控制信息可以通过该第一辅小区组配置的物理上行控制信道传输。此外，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输可以由位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，该位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体可以是已建立的，或者是该用户设备为该数据传输新建的，该用户设备无需在该第一辅小区组上建立该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体，但本发明实施例不限于此。
或者，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，并且指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。此时，该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组共享该第二辅小区组的物理上行控制信道资源，并且该用户设备无需在该第一辅小区组上建立该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体。
该第一小区可以为该第二辅小区组的主辅小区或为该第二辅小区组的辅小区，该第一小区配置有物理上行控制信道。可选地，该第一小区为该第 二辅小区组的主辅小区。
可选地，该上行控制信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：ACK、NACK和信道状态信息，但本发明实施例不限于此。
可选地，该层二功能实体可以包括：该层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项，但本发明实施例不限于此。
在本发明实施例中，该第一配置指示信息显性或隐性地指示该第一辅小区组的上述配置。作为一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息可以包括下列信息中的至少一项：该第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息，以隐性地指示该第一辅小区组的上述配置。例如，上述信息可以承载在配置消息中的特定字段中，相应地，用户设备在接收到该配置消息时，可以根据该特定字段中承载的上述信息，与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，但本发明实施例不限于此。
在本发明实施例中，该用户设备可以具有一个或多个服务基站，并且配置有主小区组和多个辅小区组。作为一个可选实施例，该网络设备还可以确定该第一辅小区组与该用户设备的哪个服务基站关联，其中，如果该用户设备具有多个服务基站，该第一辅小区组可以与该多个服务基站中的主基站关联，或者与该多个服务基站中的辅基站关联，本发明实施例对此不作限定。相应地，该第一配置指示信息还可以用于指示该第一辅小区组关联的基站。
作为一个可选实施例，该用户设备配置的所有小区组均与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
此时，该用户设备已配置的零个或至少一个小区组和该网络设备为该用户设备新分配的至少一个小区组可以均与同一个服务基站关联，其中，该服务基站可以为该用户设备唯一的服务基站，或者为该用户设备的多个服务基站中的主基站，本发明实施例不限于此。例如，如图3所示，该用户设备的主小区组、第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组均与该用户设备的唯一服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备具有多个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组与不同的基站关联。
如图4和图5所示，该用户设备的多个服务基站可以包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，其中，该用户设备与主基站之间具有RRC连接，该用户设备与该至少一个辅基站中的每个辅基站之间具有普通无线连接。此外，该主基站和至少一个辅基站之间可以具有非理想回程(non-ideal backhaul)链路，并且该主基站和该至少一个辅基站之间通过X2接口通信。此时，该用户设备的主基站可以与该用户设备的主小区组以及零个或至少一个辅小区组关联，该至少一个辅基站中的每个辅基站可以与零个或至少一个辅小区组关联，但本发明实施例不限于此。
如果该用户设备的多个服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，则该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组可以与相同或不同的基站关联。具体地，该第一辅小区组可以与该主基站关联，并且该第二辅小区组与该主基站或辅基站关联；或者，该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组可以均与该至少一个辅基站中的同一个辅基站关联；或者，该第一辅小区组可以与该至少一个辅基站中的第一辅基站关联，该第二辅小区组与主基站或与该至少一个辅基站中包括的不同于该第一辅基站的第二辅基站关联，本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，如果该第一辅小区组关联的服务基站控制多个小区，则该网络设备还可以确定该第一辅小区组包括的至少一个小区，其中，该第一辅小区组可以包括该关联的服务基站控制的部分或全部小区。此外，如果该第一辅小区组包括多个小区，则该网络设备还可以确定该多个小区中的哪个小区作为该第一辅小区组的主辅小区。相应地，第一配置指示信息还可以用于指示该第一辅小区组包括的至少一个小区，或进一步用于指示该第一辅小区组包括的至少一个小区中的主辅小区，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一辅小区组是否具有独立的物理上行控制信道资源。如果该第一辅小区组不具有独立的物理上行控制信道资源，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组共享该第二辅小区组配置的物理上行控制信道，即与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输。此时，该第一辅小区组包括的所有小区不具有独立的物理上行控制信道资源。该第一辅小区组的主辅小区也不具有独立的物理上行控制信道资源，但该第一辅小区组的主辅小区可以作为该第一辅小区组的下行定时参考小区，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示是否在该第一辅小区组建立用于对该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输进行处理的层二功能实体。如果不需要在该第一辅小区组建立用于对该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输进行处理的层二功能实体，则该第一配置指示信息可以指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。该层二功能实体可以包括下列中的至少一项：媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control，MAC)实体、无线链路控制(Radio Link control，RLC)实体和分组数据汇聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol，PDCP)实体，其中，MAC实体可以在该用户设备初始配置该第一辅小区组的时候建立，而RLC实体和PDCP实体可以在创建该第一辅小区组的承载时建立。
可选地，该第一配置指示信息可以包括该第二辅小区组的标识信息和/或该第二辅小区组的主辅小区的标识信息，以隐性地指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。该第一配置指示信息可以统一指示是否需要在该第一辅小区组建立用于对该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输进行处理的MAC实体、RLC实体和PDCP实体。或者，该第一配置指示信息可以针对是否需要在该第一辅小区组建立用于对该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输进行处理的上述各个实体单独进行指示，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二辅小区组的RLC实体和PDCP实体进行处理，而用于对第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输进行处理的MAC实体可以位于该第一辅小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的PDCP实体和RLC实体中的至少一项；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该用户设备的第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的PDCP实体和RLC实体中的至少一项进行处理。
具体地，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的PDCP实体，并且使用该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的PDCP实体对该承载上的数据传输进行处理。或者，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的PDCP实体和RLC实体，并且使用该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的PDCP实体和RLC实体对该承载上的数据传输进行处理，但本发明实施例不限于此。
在本发明实施例中，第一辅小区组的承载可以指使用第一辅小区组的资源的承载。可选地，该第一辅小区组的承载可以仅使用该第一辅小区组的资源。此时，该第一辅小区组的承载的层二功能实体可以位于该第一辅小区组或该第二辅小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
可选地，如果该第二辅小区组已配置。则该第一辅小区组的承载可以是已经在第二辅小区建立的。在配置该第一辅小区组后，该承载可以通过第二辅小区和第一辅小区组共同传输。或者，该第一辅小区组的承载可以是在配置该第一辅小区组之后建立的，本发明实施例不限于此。
或者，该第一辅小区组的承载可以使用该第一辅小区组和其它小区组(可以为主小区组或辅小区组)的资源，该其它小区组和该第一辅小区组可以与同一个基站关联。此时，该第一辅小区组的承载的层二功能实体可以位于该第一辅小区组和该其它小区组，或者位于该第二辅小区组和该其它小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
或者，该第一辅小区组的承载也可以使用该第一辅小区组和其它小区组(可以为主小区组或辅小区组)的资源，该其它辅小区组和该第一辅小区组可以与不同基站关联。此时，该第一辅小区组的承载为分裂承载，并且该分裂承载的层二功能实体可以位于该第一辅小区组和该其它小区组，或位于该第二辅小区组和该其它小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
在该分裂承载中，数据包的一部分通过该第一辅小区组传输，另一部分通过该第二辅小区组传输，即该分裂承载使用该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的资源。此时，该分裂承载的层二功能实体可以仅位于该第一辅小区组， 或仅位于该第二辅小区组，或位于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组，本发明实施例不限于此。进一步地，该第一配置指示信息可以指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的哪个小区组执行分裂操作，即将该数据包分裂为分别通过第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组传输的两部分，但本发明实施例不限于此。
或者，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组建立分裂承载，并指示执行该分裂承载的分裂操作的层二功能实体所对应的辅小区组或指示该分裂承载的层二功能实体(或无线链路协议)位于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的哪个辅小区组。具体地，在该分裂承载从PDCP层进行分裂的情况下，该第一配置指示信息可以指示分裂该承载的PDCP层对应的SCG，即第一SCG和第二SCG中对应于执行分裂操作的PDCP层的SCG，或指示该分裂承载的PDCP实体位于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的哪个辅小区组，其中，该分裂承载的PDCP实体可以位于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的至少一个辅小区组。或者，在该分裂承载从RLC层进行分裂的情况下，该SCG配置信息中可以指示分裂该承载的RLC层对应的SCG，即第一SCG和第二SCG中对应于执行分裂操作的RLC层的SCG，或指示该分裂承载的RLC实体位于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的哪个辅小区组，其中，该分裂承载的RLC实体可以位于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的至少一个辅小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
该用户设备在接收到该第一配置指示信息之后，可以建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组之间的对应关系，根据该第一配置指示信息配置该第一辅小区组，并且在完成对该第一辅小区组的配置后向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该方法100还包括：
接收该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息发送的配置完成消息。
作为另一个可选实施例，如果该网络设备为该用户设备的主基站，并且该第一辅小区组与该用户设备的第一辅基站关联，则在S120之前，该方法100还包括：
向该第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该网络设备确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，该配置参数包括该第一辅小 区组的物理上行控制信道和该第一辅小区组中至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；
接收该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息。
相应地，S120，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，包括：
根据该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
在本发明实施例中，该第一辅小区组的配置参数可以由该主基站单独确定，并且该主基站将该第一辅小区组的配置参数通知该第一辅基站。此时，该第二配置指示信息可以用于将该网络设备确定的配置参数通知该第一辅基站。该第一辅基站在接收到该第二配置指示信息后，可以确定该第二配置指示信息中指示的该第一辅基站的配置参数，并向该主基站发送配置响应消息，以确认该第一辅基站接收到该第二配置指示消息。
或者，该第一辅小区组的配置参数可以由该主基站和该第一辅基站协商确定。此时，该第二配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一辅基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数。该第一辅基站接收到该第二配置指示信息之后，可以同意该主基站确定的配置参数，或者修改该主基站确定的配置参数，并将该第一辅基站确定的配置参数携带在配置响应消息中发送至该主基站。其中，在该第一辅基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数中，与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。该主基站可以获取该配置响应消息中携带的该第一辅基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，根据该配置响应消息确定与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，并向该用户设备发送根据该配置响应消息确定的该第一辅小区的配置参数，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，该配置响应消息携带该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，并且该配置响应消息指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小 区组的层二功能实体进行处理。该第一辅基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数可以不同于该主基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数。相应地，该根据该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，包括：
根据该第二配置指示信息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组可以共用安全配置参数和/或时间提前值。此时，该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组可以与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联，但本发明实施例不限于此。可选地，该第一辅小区组可以和该第二辅小区组使用相同的安全配置参数。其中，该安全配置参数可以为该网络侧为该第一辅小区组分配的，此时，该网络侧未为该第二辅小区组分配独立的安全配置参数。或者，该安全配置参数可以为该网络侧为该第二辅小区组分配的，此时，该网络侧未为该第一辅小区组分配独立的安全配置参数。或者，该安全配置参数可以为网络侧为该用户设备的其它小区组分配的，其中，网络侧未为该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组分配独立的安全配置参数，并且该其它小区组、该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组可以与同一个服务基站关联，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅小区组使用该第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥。
其中，该安全配置参数可以包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥(Secondary Cell Group intermediate key or Secondary eNB intermediate key，S-KeNB)、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。该辅小区组中间密钥可以根据主基站的中间密钥(KeNB) 和辅小区计数器确定。此时，该第一配置指示信息可以包括该第二辅小区组的标识信息，或包括下列信息中的至少一项：该第二辅小区组的辅小区组中间密钥、该第二辅小区组的辅小区组中间密钥的索引值、该第二辅小区组的辅小区组中间密钥的编号和第二辅小区组的SCG计数器(counter)。此外，该第一配置指示信息还可以进一步指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组使用相同的加密算法，但本发明实施例不限于此。
可选地，由于PDCP实体具有管理辅小区组中间密钥的功能。该第一配置指示信息可以通过指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的PDCP实体进行处理，来隐性地指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，但本发明实施例不限于此。
用户设备在接收到该第一配置指示信息之后，可以根据该第一配置指示信息确定该第一辅小区组使用的辅小区组中间密钥，并且根据该辅小区组中间密钥和加密算法获得加密密钥，并且采用该加密密钥对待传输数据进行加密。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息也可以用于指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组使用相同的时间提前值，即该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。此时，该用户设备可以使用该第二辅小区组的时间提前值对该第一辅小区组进行上行定时调整。其中，该第一配置指示信息可以包括该第二辅小区组的时间提前值的信息，或包括该第一辅小区组所属的定时提前组(Timing Advance Group，TAG)的信息，其中，该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组属于相同的TAG，以隐性地指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组使用相同的时间提前值。此时，网络设备可以仅为该第二辅小区组和该第一辅小区组中的其中一个辅小区组配置随机接入资源，例如，仅为该第二辅小区组配置随机接入资源。该用户设备可以采用网络设备配置的该随机接入资源在该第二辅小区组中进行随机接入流程，并且获得该第二辅小区组的时间提前值。由于该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组具有相同的TA值，则该用户设备无需在第一辅小区组中执行随机接入流程，而直接使用该第二辅小区组的时间提前值对该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程进行上行定时调整，但本发明实施例不限于此。
或者，网络侧可以为该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组均配置随机接入资源。此时，用户设备在确定该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组属于同一个TAG时，可以只在该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中的一个辅小区组中进行随机接入流程，以获得该TAG对应的TA值，无需在所有小区组均进行随机接入流程，从而能够节约系统资源和UE功耗。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
图6示出了本发明实施例提供的另一通信方法200。该方法200可以由网络侧设备执行，例如基站、基站控制器或网络侧服务器等，但本发明实施例不限于此。如图6所示，该方法200包括：
S210，确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，该第一小区组为辅小区组；
S220，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该 用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
该网络设备可以在为该用户设备分配该第一辅小区组之前为该用户设备分配该第二辅小区组。或者，该网络设备也可以在为该用户设备分配该第一辅小区组的同时为该用户设备分配该第二辅小区组，此时，该第一配置指示信息还可以用于指示该网络设备确定的该第二辅小区组的配置参数，但本发明实施例对此不作限定。
该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一小区组使用该第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥。此时，该用户设备可以分别在该第一小区组和该第二小区组执行随机接入流程，以获得该第一小区组和该第二小区组分别对应的时间提前值。
或者，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。此时，该第一小区组和该第二小区组共用该用户设备通过在该第二小区组执行随机接入流程获得的时间提前值，即该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入流程。此外，该第一小区组和该第二小区组可以使用不同的安全配置参数生成加密密钥。
或者，该第一配置指示信息可以用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，并且该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。此时，该第一小区组和该第二小区组共用网络侧为该第二小区组分配的安全配置参数，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组共用该用户设备通过在该第二小区组执行随机接入流程获得的时间提前值，即该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入流程。
可选地，该安全配置参数可以包括下列参数中的至少一项：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。可选地，该第一配置指示信息还可以进一步用于指示该第一辅小区组在生成加密密钥时采用的加密算法，例如，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示该第一小区组使用该第二小区组的加密算法生成加密密钥，但本发明实施例不限于此。
该第一小区组为辅小区组，该第二小区组可以为主小区组或不同于该第一小区组的辅小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
可选地，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
该用户设备可以具有一个或多个服务基站。如果该用户设备仅有一个服务基站，则该用户设备的所有小区组可以均与该用户设备服务基站关联。如果该用户设备具有多个服务基站，该多个服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，则该第一小区组和该第二小区组可以均与该用户设备的主基站关联，或者均与该用户设备的一个辅基站关联，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
作为一个可选实施例，该用户设备的多个服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，该第二小区组为辅小区组，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组均与该用户设备的同一个辅基站关联。
此时，该网络设备可以为与该第一小区组和该第二小区组关联的辅基站，或为该用户设备的主基站，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
该第一配置指示信息还可以用于指示该第一辅小区组关联的基站、该第一辅小区组包括的至少一个小区或该第一辅小区组包括的至少一个小区中的主辅小区，本发明实施例不限于此。
该第一配置指示信息可以显性或隐性地指示上述配置，例如，该第一配置指示信息可以包括该第二辅小区组的标识信息和/或该第二辅小区组的主辅小区的标识信息，来隐性地指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，但本发明实施例不限于此。
再例如，由于PDCP实体负责管理安全配置参数，该第一配置指示信息可以通过指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的PDCP实体进行处理，来隐性地指示该第一小区组使用该第二小区组的安全配置参数。
再例如，该第一配置指示信息可以通过指示该第一小区组与该第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG，或指示该第一小区组的主辅小区与该第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG，来隐性地指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定 时调整，但本发明实施例不限于此。
如果使用该第二小区组的TA值对该第一小区组内的数据传输过程进行上行定时调整，则该网络设备可以不为该第一小区组分配随机接入资源而仅为该第二小区组分配随机接入资源。相应地，该用户设备可以采用随机接入资源在第二小区组中执行随机接入流程，以获得该第二小区组的TA值，并采用该TA值对该第一小区组中至少一个小区上的数据传输过程进行上行定时调整，无需在该第一小区组中执行随机接入流程，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示该第一小区组不具有随机接入资源。其中，该第二小区组配置有随机接入资源，并且该第二小区组的时间提前值是该用户设备通过在该第二小区组中采用该随机接入资源执行随机接入流程获得的。
该用户设备在接收到该第一配置指示信息后，可以根据该第一配置指示信息，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，建立该第一小区组和该第二小区组之间的对应关系，并根据该第一配置指示信息配置该第一小区组。作为另一个可选实施例，该方法200还包括：
接收该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息发送的配置完成消息。
作为另一个实施例，如果该网络设备为与该第一小区组和该第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，该用户设备具有包括主基站和该第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，则在S210之前，该方法200还包括：
接收该主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅基站为该用户设备分配该第一小区组；
相应地，S210，确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，包括：
根据该第二配置指示信息，确定为该用户设备分配该第一小区组。
该用户设备的主基站可以指示该第一辅基站为用户设备分配该第一小区组。相应地，该第一辅基站可以根据该主基站的指示为该用户设备分配该第一小区组，并且确定该第一小区组的配置参数。或者，该第一辅基站也可以主动确定为该用户设备配置与该第一辅基站关联的该第一小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还可以用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
上文中结合图2至图6，从网络设备的角度详细描述了本发明实施例提供的通信方法，下面将结合图7和图8，从用户设备的角度详细描述本发明实施例提供的通信方法。
图7示出了本发明实施例提供的通信方法300。该方法可以由用户设备执行。如图7所示，该方法300包括：
S310，接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，
该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
S320，根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一辅小区组。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输， 其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组可以与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联，或者该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组也可以与该用户设备的不同服务基站关联，例如，该第一辅小区组与该用户设备的辅基站关联，而该第二辅小区组与该用户设备的主基站或另一个辅基站关联，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
该第一配置指示信息可以携带在配置消息中，该配置消息可以携带网络设备确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为一个可选实施例，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
可选地，该上行控制信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：确认信息ACK、否认信息NACK和信道状态信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第二辅小区组的主辅小区配置有物理上行控制信道。此时，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区相关的上行控制信道通过该第二辅小区组的主辅小区配置的物理上行控制信道传输。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
如果该第一小区不为该第二辅小区组的主辅小区，则该该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该第二辅小区组的标识信息、该第一小区的标识信息和该第二辅小区组的主辅小区的标识信息。
此时，该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一辅小区组，包括：
根据该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息中的至少一项，确定下列配置中的至少一种：
与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一 小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组；
该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
具体地，该配置消息中的特定字段可以承载该第二辅小区组的标识信息，以指示上述配置中的至少一种；或者该配置消息中的特定字段可以承载该第二辅小区组的主辅小区的标识信息，以指示上述配置中的至少一种，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，该层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
例如，该第一配置指示信息可以指示该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二辅小区组的RLC实体和PDCP实体进行处理，而用于对第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输进行处理的MAC实体可以位于该第一辅小区组，但本发明实施例不限于此。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
相应地，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
作为另一个实施例，该方法300还包括：向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
作为另一个实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
图8示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法400。该方法400可以由用户设备执行。如图8所示，该方法400包括：
S410，接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；
S420，根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
作为一个可选实施例，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
作为另一个实施例，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
具体地，如果该第二小区组为主小区组，则该第一小区组和该第二小区组可以均与该用户设备的主基站关联，如果该第二小区组为辅小区组，则该第一小区组和该第二小区组可以均与该用户设备的主基站或同一个辅基站关联，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
作为另一个实施例，该用户设备的服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站。此时，该第二小区组为辅小区组，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组均与该用户设备的辅基站关联。
作为另一个实施例，该安全配置参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥编号。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
此时，S420，根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组，包括：
根据该第一配置指示信息指示的该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
此时，S420，根据该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组，包括：
根据该第一配置指示信息指示的第一小区组与该第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG或该第一小区组的主辅小区与该第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输 过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
作为另一个实施例，该方法400还包括：
接收该网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该网络设备为该第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；
根据该第二配置指示信息，在该第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得该第二小区组的时间提前值；
根据该第二小区组的时间提前值，在该第一小区组中与该用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
作为另一个实施例，该方法400还包括：向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
下面将结合具体例子对本发明实施例提供的通信方法做更详细的说明。
图9示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法500。为了方便描述，在本实施例中，假设用户设备具有主基站和至少一个辅基站，并且网络设备为用户设备的主基站MeNB，但本发明实施例不限于此。
S510，MeNB确定需要为UE新增加第一SCG，并确定第一SCG的配置信息。该配置信息包括第一PSCell的配置信息及第二PSCell的配置信息。该第一PSCell是新配置的第一SCG的PSCell，该第一PSCell不配置PUCCH资源。该第二PSCell为一个已经配置的第二SCG的PSCell或者与该第一SCG同时配置的另一个新增的第二SCG的PSCell，该第二PSCell配置有PUCCH资源。
S520，MeNB向UE发送SCG配置消息，为UE配置新增的SCG，该 SCG配置消息包括MeNB确定的新增的SCG的配置信息。
具体地，MeNB可以在SCG配置消息中包含第一PScell和第二PScell共享第二PSCell上的PUCCH资源的指示信息。该指示信息可以显示指示，也可以隐式指示。例如，配置第一SCG的同时包括第一PScell和第二PSCell的标识信息以进行隐式指示。或者，MeNB也可以在SCG配置消息中包含第一SCG和第二SCG共享第二SCG上的PUCCH资源的指示信息。该指示信息可以显示指示，也可以隐式指示。例如，同时包含第一SCG和第二SCG的标识信息以进行隐式指示。或者，MeNB也可以通过其他的方式指示UE共享第一PSCell与第二PSCell的PUCCH资源或者共享第一SCG和第二SCG的PUCCH资源，本发明实施例不限于此。
S530，UE在接收到MeNB发送的SCG配置消息后，根据SCG配置消息中包含的SCG的配置信息为该新增的SCG配置第一PSCell，或进一步配置第二PSCell。该第一PSCell属于新配置的第一SCG，并且不配置PUCCH资源。第二PSCell属于已经配置的SCG或者与该新的SCG同时配置的另一个新的SCG，并且第二PSCell配置PUCCH资源。
具体地，UE根据该SCG配置消息中包含的指示信息确定与第一SCG相关的HARQ-ACK、CSI或SR等信息需要在第二PSCell或第二SCG进行发送。
换句话说，UE可以建立第一SCG或者第一PSCell与第二PSCell的关联关系，该关联关系表示第一SCG的PUCCH资源配置在第二PSCell上，或者第一SCG相关的HARQ-ACK、CSI或SR等信息的反馈需要在第二PSCell的PUCCH上发送。
此时，该第一PSCell为新配置的第一SCG内的所有服务小区的下行定时参考小区。该第二PSCell为第二SCG内的服务小区的下行定时参考小区。
S540，配置完成后，UE向MeNB发送SCG配置完成消息。
这样，当UE需要在发送与第一SCG相关的HARQ-ACK、CSI和SR信息的一项或多项时，UE确定通过第二PSCell的PUCCH资源发送上述信息。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过第一SCG的第一PSCell上不配置PUCCH资源，并且该第一PSCell和该第二PSCell共享第二PSCell上配置的PUCCH，能够避免UE同时执行PUCCH传输的载波数量过多而导 致UE侧功率受限的问题。
图10示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法600。S610与S510相似，与S510不同的是，该第一SCG与SeNB关联。
当MeNB确定需要为UE新增加的第一SCG属于一个SeNB时，则MeNB可以首先与SeNB协商确定是否在第一SCG的第一PSCell上配置PUCCH资源。
S620，MeNB确定需要为UE新增加的第一SCG属于一个SeNB时,向SeNB发送SCG建立请求消息(或者SeNB配置请求消息或者SCG增加请求消息)，该SCG增加请求消息携带是否在该SCG配置PUCCH资源或者是否在该第一PSCell配置PUCCH资源的指示信息。如果不在该第一SCG或者第一PSCell配置PUCCH资源，则该SCG增加请求消息指示第二PSCell的信息，该第二PSCell具有PUCCH资源的配置。该第二PSCell为一个已经配置的第二SCG的PSCell或者与该新的第一SCG同时配置的另一个新的第二SCG的PSCell。
S630，SeNB接收到SCG建立请求消息后，根据MeNB的指示确定是否在该第一SCG或第一PSCell配置PUCCH资源，或者确定该第一SCG相关的HARQ-ACK、CSI或SR信息需要在第二PSell进行发送。
S640，SeNB向MeNB发送SCG建立响应消息。
S650～S670与方法500中的S520～S540相似，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
因此，与现有技术中每个SCG都配置PUCCH资源的方案相比，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过第一SCG的第一PSCell上不配置PUCCH资源，并且该第一PSCell和该第二PSCell共享第二PSCell上配置的PUCCH，能够避免UE同时执行PUCCH传输的载波数量过多而导致UE侧功率受限的问题。
图11示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法700。
S710，MeNB确定需要为UE配置一个新的第一SCG以及在第一SCG建立新的第一承载。
S720，MeNB向UE发送SCG配置消息，该SCG配置消息包含需新建立的承载的信息，以及该SCG配置消息中包含是否针对该第一SCG建立新的层二(L2)实体的指示信息。该指示信息可以是显示的指示信息，也可以是隐式的指示信息。该L2实体可以包含PDCP实体、RLC实体和MAC实 体。
在需要针对第一SCG建立新的L2实体的情况下，可以进一步指示是否建立PDCP实体、RLC实体和MAC实体中的一项或多项。优选地，MeNB可以指示UE针对第一SCG建立新的MAC实体，但是RLC实体和PDCP实体可以与第二SCG共享。
在不需要针对第一SCG建立新的L2实体的情况下，可以进一步指示可以与该第一SCG共享L2实体的第二SCG的信息。该第二SCG可以指当前UE已经建立的一个SCG或者在SCG配置消息中指示UE新建立的第二SCG。
特殊地，当SCG配置消息中指示UE建立一个分裂承载(split bearer)时，该SCG配置信息中应该进一步指示该分裂承载的PDCP实体或者RLC实体应该建立的SCG的标识。该分裂承载是指该承载的数据包在第一SCG和第二SCG进行分裂传输，即部分数据包经过第一SCG传输，部分数据包经过第二SCG传输。在该分裂承载从PDCP层进行分裂的情况下，该SCG配置信息中可以指示分裂该承载的PDCP层对应的SCG的标识，即第一SCG或者第二SCG。或者，在该分裂承载从RLC层进行分裂的情况下，该SCG配置信息中可以指示分裂该承载的RLC层对应的SCG的标识，即第一SCG或者第二SCG，但本发明实施例不限于此。
S730，UE根据SCG配置消息中的信息确定该第一SCG的L2实体是否需要建立。进一步地，在需要建立的情况下，可以确定需要建立PDCP实体、RLC实体和MAC实体中的哪一个L2实体。或者，在不需要建立L2实体时，确定与该第一SCG可以共享L2实体的第二SCG的信息。该第二SCG是指当前UE已经建立的一个SCG或者在SCG配置消息中指示UE新建立的第二SCG。
例如，UE在收到SCG配置消息后，根据SCG配置消息中的指示确定需要为第一SCG建立新的MAC实体，并进一步确定第一SCG可以与第二SCG共享PDCP实体和RLC实体。
S740，UE根据SCG配置消息建立第一SCG并且为第一SCG配置L2实体后，向MeNB发送SCG配置完成消息。
图12示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法800。S810与S710相似，不同的该新增加的第一SCG与SeNB关联。此时，MeNB可以首先与SeNB 协商确定是否为第一SCG建立新的L2实体，或者建立哪些L2实体。
S820，MeNB确定需要为UE新增加的第一SCG属于一个SeNB时，向该SeNB发送SCG建立请求消息(或者SeNB配置请求消息或者SeNB增加请求消息,本发明不限制消息的具体名称)，该SCG建立请求消息携带是否为该SCG建立新的L2实体的指示信息。如果指示不为该第一SCG建立L2实体，则指示可以与第一SCG共享L2实体的第二SCG的信息。该第二SCG指当前UE已经建立的一个SCG或者在SCG配置消息中指示UE新建立的第二SCG。或者，如果需要为第一SCG建立L2实体，则可以进一步指示需要MAC实体、RLC实体或者PDCP实体中的一项或多项。如果MAC实体、RLC实体或者PDCP实体中的一项或多项不需要建立，则需要指示可以共享相应的实体的第二SCG的信息。
S830，SeNB接收到SCG建立请求消息后，根据MeNB的指示确定是否为该第一SCG建立L2实体。如果指示信息表示不需要为第一SCG建立新的L2实体，则根据指示信息确定应该与第一SCG共享L2实体的第二SCG。如果指示信息表示需要为第一SCG建立MAC实体、RLC实体或PDCP实体中的部分或全部L2实体，则为该第一SCG建立相应的实体。
S840，SeNB向MeNB发送SCG增加请求确认消息。
S850～S870与S720～740相似，为了简洁，这里不再赘述。
因此，与现有技术中每个SCG上建立独立的L2实体的技术方案相比，本发明实施例提供的通信方法，通过第一SCG和该第二SCG共享该第二SCG上建立的L2实体中的一项或多项，能够避免在UE侧建立太多的L2实体而导致UE复杂性的增加。
图13示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法900。这里假设该第一SCG和该第二SCG均与MeNB关联。若该第一SCG和该第二SCG均与SeNB关联，则图13中的MeSB可以替换为SeNB，本发明实施例不限于此。
S910，MeNB确定需要为UE配置一个新的SCG，这里称之为第一SCG。
S920，MeNB向UE发送SCG配置消息，该SCG配置消息包含是否应该在第一SCG建立新的安全密钥的指示信息。该指示信息可以是显示的指示信息，也可以是隐式的指示信息。例如，可以通过是否包含与第一SCG相关的安全安全配置参数(SCG计数器(counter)和/或SCG加密算法)来隐式指示UE是否需要在第一SCG建立新的安全。
在不需要在第一SCG建立新的安全密钥的情况下，该SCG配置消息应该进一步指示在第一SCG上应该使用的安全密钥的信息，例如安全密钥的索引值和安全密钥的编号。该安全密钥信息可以是SCG counter值，加密算法或者中间密钥S-KeNB中的一项或多项。
或者，该SCG配置消息可以指示该第一SCG与第二SCG共享安全密钥，该第二SCG为当前UE已经建立的一个SCG或者在SCG配置消息中指示UE新建立的第二SCG。该共享的安全密钥信息可以是第二SCG的SCG counter值，加密算法或者中间密钥S-KeNB中的一项或多项。
或者，该SCG配置消息也可以指示该第一SCG应该与第二SCG针对所建立的承载共享PDCP实体，因为PDCP实体具有安全密钥的管理功能，因此，也可以隐式地指示UE在第一SCG执行数据传输时，使用与第二SCG相同的安全密钥。
S930，UE在接收到SCG配置消息后，根据SCG配置消息中的指示信息确定是否在第一SCG建立新的安全密钥。或者，在不要为第一SCG建立新的安全密钥的情况下，确定可以使用的安全密钥，例如根据SCG配置消息中的安全密钥的索引确定可以使用的安全密钥，然后UE在执行数据加密时则可以使用指示的安全密钥生成加密密钥后，对需要加密的数据进行加密后传输。
或者，根据SCG配置消息确定可以与第二SCG共享安全密钥。然后UE在第一SCG执行数据传输时，则使用与第二SCG相同的安全密生成加密密钥(encryption key，Kenc)后，对需要加密的数据进行加密后传输。
或者，UE根据SCG配置消息指示的共享与第二SCG的PDCP实体的指示信息确定该第一SCG与第二SCG可以共享安全密钥，因此在第一SCG执行数据传输时，则使用与第二SCG相同的安全密钥生成加密密钥Kenc后，对需要加密的数据进行加密后传输。
S940，UE在根据SCG配置消息完成第一SCG的配置后，向MeNB发送SCG配置完成消息。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过第一SCG和该第二SCG共享密钥，能够避免在UE侧管理太多的安全密钥而导致UE复杂性的增加。
图14示出了本发明另一实施例提供的通信方法1000。这里假设该第一SCG和该第二SCG均与MeNB关联。若该第一SCG和该第二SCG均与SeNB 关联，则图14中的MeSB可以替换为SeNB，本发明实施例不限于此。
S1001，MeNB确定需要为UE配置一个或多个SCG，并确定该一个或多个SCG是否可以同属于一个TAG。该TAG是指由可以共享同一个TA值的一个或多个服务小区构成的，即一个TAG内的所有小区可以使用一个相同的TA值。
S1002，MeNB向UE发送SCG配置消息，该SCG配置消息包含该SCG内的服务小区的TAG信息，即该SCG内的服务小区所属的TAG的信息。当同时配置多个SCG时，该SCG配置信息可以包含每个SCG的PSCell的信息。在同时配置的多个SCG的PSCell属于相同的TAG的情况下，MeNB可以仅仅对其中的一个PSCell配置随机接入资源。
S1003，UE在接收到SCG配置消息后，确定该SCG的PSCell所属的TAG的信息。如果该PSCell的TAG为一个已经存在的TAG，则UE忽略在该PSCell上执行随机接入，而是直接使用该TAG对应的TA值进行上行传输。否则，UE在该SCG的PSCell上执行随机接入以获取新的TA值。
在该SCG配置消息中同时增加多个SCG时，UE判断该多个SCG的PSCell是否属于相同的TAG，如果该多个SCG的PSCell属于相同的TAG值，则UE选择其中一个SCG的PSCell执行随机接入以获取其所属的TAG的TA值。否则，如果多个SCG的PSCell中至少有两个SCG的PSCell不属于相同的TAG，则UE依次在不同的PSCell上执行随机接入。具体地，UE选择优先在哪个PSCell执行随机接入的方式可以基于PSCell的标识按照一定的顺序进行选择后依次在多个PSCell上执行随机接入以获得相应的TAG的TA值。或者，UE也可以根据SCG的配置，选择配置了随机接入资源的PSCell执行随机接入以获取相应TAG的TA值。
因此，与DC中每个PSCell上都执行随机接入的技术方案相比，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，能够避免UE执行不必要的随机接入。在同时配置多个SCG的情况下，也可以避免UE执行过多的随机接入，以进一步避免UE在多个PScell上执行随机接入时的功率受限问题。
应注意，图9至图14的例子是为了帮助本领域技术人员更好地理解本发明实施例，而非要限制本发明实施例的范围。本领域技术人员根据所给出的图9至图14的例子，显然可以进行各种等价的修改或变化，这样的修改或变化也落入本发明实施例的范围内。
应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
还应理解，术语“第二辅小区组的PUCCH”可以指“第二辅小区组使用的PUCCH”，可以包括上文描述的网络侧为该第二辅小区组分配的PUCCH，也可以包括其它小区组和该第二小区组共用的PUCCH，例如，网络侧为该第二辅小区组和其它小区组分配相同的PUCCH，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
还应理解，术语“第二辅小区组的层二功能实体”可以指“在第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体”，可以包括上文描述的用户设备在该第二辅小区组建立的该第二辅小区组对应的层二功能实体，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
还应理解，术语“第二小区组的安全配置参数”可以指“第二小区组使用的安全配置参数”，可以包括上文描述的网络侧为用户设备专门为该第二小区组分配的安全配置参数，也可以包括其它小区组和该第二小区组共用的安全配置参数，例如，网络侧为该其它小区组和该第二小区组分配相同的安全配置参数或网络侧为其它小区组分配安全配置参数，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
还应理解，术语“第二小区组的时间提前值”可以指“第二小区组使用的时间提前值”，可以包括用户设备在该第二小区组执行随机接入流程而获得的时间提前值，也可以包括该用户设备在其它小区组获得时间提前值并且该第二小区组和其它小区组共用该时间提前值的情况，本发明实施例对此不做限定。
上文中结合图2至图14，详细描述了根据本发明实施例的通信方法，下面将结合图15至图22，描述根据本发明实施例的网络设备、用户设备和通信系统。
图15示出了本发明实施例提供的网络设备1100，该网络设备可以为基站、基站控制器或其它网络侧设备，本发明实施例对此不做限定。如图15所示，该网络设备1100包括：
确定单元1110，用于确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；
发送单元1120，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置 指示信息用于指示该确定单元1110确定分配的该第一辅小区组的下列配置中的至少一种：
与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，组该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
因此，根据本发明实施例的网络设备，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
可选地，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
该上行控制信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：确认信息ACK、否认信息NACK和信道状态信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
相应地，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小 区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该网络设备为主基站，该用户设备具有包括该主基站和第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组与该第一辅基站关联。此时，该发送单元还用于在该向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，向该第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该主基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，该配置参数包括该第一辅小区组中的小区的物理上行控制信道和该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；
相应地，该主基站还包括：
第二接收单元，用于接收该第一辅基站根据该发送单元发送的该第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息；
该发送单元具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备配置的所有小区组均与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备具有多个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组与不同的基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该配置响应消息用于指示该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数；
相应地，该发送单元包括：
确定子单元，用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该配置响应消息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的 第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
根据本发明实施例的网络设备1100可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备，并且网络设备1100中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图2和图9至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
图16示出了本发明另一个实施例提供的网络设备1200，该网络设备1200可以为基站、基站控制器或其它网络侧设备。如图16所示，该网络设备1200包括：
确定单元1210，用于确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，该第一小区组为辅小区组；
发送单元1220，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该确定单元1210确定分配的该第一小区组具有下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
因此，根据本发明实施例的网络设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
可选地，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
可选地，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
作为一个可选实施例，该用户设备的服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，该第二小区组为辅小区组，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组均与该用户设备的同一个辅基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示该第一小区组不具有随机接入资源；其中，该第二小区组配置有随机接入资源，并且该第二小区组的时间提前值是该用户设备通过在该第二小区组中采用该随机接入资源执行随机接入流程获得的。
作为另一个可选实施例，该网络设备1200还包括：
第一接收单元，用于接收该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息发送的配 置完成消息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该网络设备为与该第一小区组和该第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，该用户设备具有包括主基站和该第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站；
相应地，该第一辅基站还包括：
第二接收单元，用于在该发送单元向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，接收该主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅基站为该用户设备分配该第一小区组；
该确定单元具体用于根据该第二接收单元接收的该第二配置指示信息，确定为该用户设备分配该第一小区组。
根据本发明实施例的网络设备1200可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备，并且网络设备1200中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6和图9至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的网络设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
图17示出了本发明实施例提供的用户设备1300。该用户设备1300包括：
接收单元1310，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，
该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于 该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
配置单元1320，用于根据该接收单元1310接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一辅小区组。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
可选地，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
该上行控制信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：确认信息ACK、否认信息NACK和信道状态信息。
可选地，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第二辅小区组的主辅小区配置有物理上行控制信道；该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区中的数据传输通过该第二辅小区组的主辅小区配置的物理上行控制信道传输。
作为另一个可选实施例，该层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小 区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备1300还包括：发送单元，用于向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备配置的所有小区组均与该用户设备的同一个基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备具有多个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组与不同的基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
根据本发明实施例的用户设备1300可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备，并且用户设备1300中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7和图9至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
图18示出了本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备1400。该用户设备1400包括：
接收单元1410，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；
配置单元1420，用于根据该接收单元1410接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
可选地，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备的服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站；该第二小区组为辅小区组，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组均与该用户设备的辅基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
此时，该配置单元1420具体用于根据该第一配置指示信息指示的该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输 过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
此时，该配置单元1420具体用于根据该第一配置指示信息指示的第一小区组与该第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG或该第一小区组的主辅小区与该第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
作为另一个可选实施例，该接收单元1410还用于接收该网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该网络设备为该第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；
相应地，该用户设备1400还包括：
随机接入单元，用于根据该接收单元1410接收的该第二配置指示信息，在该第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得该第二小区组的时间提前值；
通信单元，用于根据该随机接入单元获得的该第二小区组的时间提前值，在该第一小区组中与该用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备1400还包括：
发送单元，用于向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
根据本发明实施例的用户设备1400可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的用户设备，并且用户设备1400中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免 用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
图19示出了本发明实施例提供的网络设备1500，该网络设备可以为基站、基站控制器或其它网络侧设备，本发明实施例对此不做限定。如图19所示，该网络设备1500包括：
处理器1510，用于确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；
发送器1520，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该处理器1510确定分配的该第一辅小区组的下列配置中的至少一种：
与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，组该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
因此，根据本发明实施例的网络设备，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，该处理器1510可以是中央处理单元(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，该处理器1510还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
该网络设备还可以包括存储器，该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存 取存储器，并向处理器1510提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。
该网络设备还可以包括总线系统，该总线系统除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1510中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器1510读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
可选地，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
该上行控制信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：确认信息ACK、否认信息NACK和信道状态信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
相应地，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该网络设备为主基站，该用户设备具有包括该 主基站和第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组与该第一辅基站关联。此时，该发送器还用于在该向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，向该第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该主基站确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数，该配置参数包括该第一辅小区组中的小区的物理上行控制信道和该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；
相应地，该主基站还包括：
第二接收器，用于接收该第一辅基站根据该发送器发送的该第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息；
该发送器具体用于根据该第二接收器接收的该配置响应消息，向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备配置的所有小区组均与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备具有多个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组与不同的基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该配置响应消息用于指示该第一辅基站根据该第二配置指示信息确定的该第一辅小区组的配置参数；
相应地，该处理器还用于根据该接收器接收的该配置响应消息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
根据本发明实施例的网络设备1500可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备，并且网络设备1500中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/ 或功能分别为了实现图2和图9至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的通信方法，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
图20示出了本发明另一个实施例提供的网络设备1600，该网络设备1600可以为基站、基站控制器或其它网络侧设备。如图20所示，该网络设备1600包括：
处理器1610，用于确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，该第一小区组为辅小区组；
发送器1620，用于向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该处理器1610确定分配的该第一小区组具有下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
因此，根据本发明实施例的网络设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节 约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，该处理器1610可以是中央处理单元(CPU)，该处理器1610还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
该网络设备还可以包括存储器，该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1610提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。
该网络设备还可以包括总线系统，该总线系统除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1610中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器1610读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
可选地，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
可选地，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
作为一个可选实施例，该用户设备的服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，该第二小区组为辅小区组，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组均与该用户设备的同一个辅基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示该第一小区组不具有随机接入资源；其中，该第二小区组配置有随机接入资源，并且该第二小区组的时间提前值是该用户设备通过在该第二小区组中采用该随机接入资源执行随机接入流程获得的。
作为另一个可选实施例，该网络设备1600还包括：
接收器，用于接收该用户设备根据该第一配置指示信息发送的配置完成消息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该网络设备为与该第一小区组和该第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，该用户设备具有包括主基站和该第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站。此时，该第一辅基站还包括：
接收器，用于在该发送器向该用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，接收该主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅基站为该用户设备分配该第一小区组；
相应地，该处理器具体用于根据该接收器接收的该第二配置指示信息，确定为该用户设备分配该第一小区组。
根据本发明实施例的网络设备1600可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备，并且网络设备1600中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图6和图9至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的网络设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的 数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
图21示出了本发明实施例提供的用户设备1700。该用户设备1700包括：
接收器1710，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
与该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，
该用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
处理器1720，用于根据该接收器1710接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一辅小区组。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，该处理器1720可以是中央处理单元(CPU)，该处理器1720还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
该网络设备还可以包括存储器，该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存 取存储器，并向处理器1720提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。
该网络设备还可以包括总线系统，该总线系统除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1720中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器1720读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
可选地，该第一小区为该用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
该上行控制信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：确认信息ACK、否认信息NACK和信道状态信息。
可选地，该第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：该用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和该第一小区的标识信息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第二辅小区组的主辅小区配置有物理上行控制信道；该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区中的数据传输使用该第二辅小区组的主辅小区配置的物理上行控制信道。
作为另一个可选实施例，该层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示在该第二辅小区组建立与该第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
相应地，该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在该用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
该第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在该第二辅小区组建立的与该承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立该第一辅 小区组和该第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备1700还包括：发送器，用于向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备配置的所有小区组均与该用户设备的同一个基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备具有多个服务基站，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二辅小区组与不同的基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
该第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
根据本发明实施例的用户设备1700可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的网络设备，并且用户设备1700中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7和图9至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置与用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二辅小区组，和/或该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，能够减少用户设备维护的参数个数，从而降低用户设备的复杂度。
此外，通过配置与第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，能够避免由于同时进行大量物理上行信道的传输而对用户设备提出过高的功率要求，从而提高系统的可行性。
图22示出了本发明另一实施例提供的用户设备1800。该用户设备1800包括：
接收器1810，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，该第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
该用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用 户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；
处理器1820，用于根据该接收器1810接收的该第一配置指示信息，配置该第一小区组。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，该处理器1820可以是中央处理单元(CPU)，该处理器1820还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
该网络设备还可以包括存储器，该存储器可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器1820提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。
该网络设备还可以包括总线系统，该总线系统除包括数据总线之外，还可以包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线等。但是为了清楚说明起见，在图中将各种总线都标为总线系统。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器1820中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本发明实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质 中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器1820读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
可选地，该第一小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备的服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站；该第二小区组为辅小区组，并且该第一小区组和该第二小区组均与该用户设备的辅基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：该安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
此时，该处理器1820具体用于根据该第一配置指示信息指示的该第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于该第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一配置指示信息用于指示该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组与该用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
该第一配置指示信息用于指示该用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与该用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
此时，该处理器1820具体用于根据该第一配置指示信息指示的第一小区组与该第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG或该第一小区组的主辅小区与该第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG，确定该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提 前值进行上行定时调整。
作为另一个可选实施例，该接收器1810还用于接收该网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，该第二配置指示信息用于指示该网络设备为该第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；
相应地，该处理器还用于根据该接收器1810接收的该第二配置指示信息，在该第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得该第二小区组的时间提前值。
此时，该用户设备还包括收发器，用于根据该处理器获得的该第二小区组的时间提前值，在该第一小区组中与该用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备1800还包括：
发送器，用于向该网络设备发送配置完成消息。
根据本发明实施例的用户设备1800可对应于根据本发明实施例的通信方法中的用户设备，并且用户设备1800中的各个模块的上述和其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8至图14中的各个方法的相应流程，为了简洁，在此不再赘述。
因此，根据本发明实施例的用户设备，通过配置用户设备的第一小区组该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，和/或该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够避免用户设备维护大量的安全配置参数或时间提前值，从而降低用户设备的复杂度，提高系统的可行性。
此外，通过配置该第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，能够使得该用户设备无需在该第一小区组执行随机接入过程而直接与网络侧进行通信，从而节约系统资源和用户设备的功耗。
本发明实施例还提供了一种通信系统。该通信系统包括：用户设备和该用户设备的至少一个服务基站，其中，该用户设备配置有多个小区组，该用户设备的至少一个服务基站中的第一服务基站与该多个小区组中的至少两个小区组关联。
可选地，该多个小区组包括第一辅小区组和第二小区组，其中，该第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组，并且该第一辅小区组和该第二小区组满足下 列配置中的至少一种：
与该第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，该第一小区属于该用户设备的第二小区组；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于该第二小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用该用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数进行处理；
该第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用该用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行处理。
该至少一个服务基站的数量可以为一个，此时，该UE可以仅仅与一个基站建立连接。该基站可以为UE配置一个MCG以及可选的一个或多个SCG。
该至少一个服务基站的数量也可以为多个。例如，该至少一个服务基站包括一个MeNB和一个SeNB。此时，MeNB和SeNB之间通过X2接口相连，并且UE可以与该MeNB和该SeNB建立连接，然后可以通过该MeNB及SeNB为UE配置一个MCG以及一个或多个SCG。再例如，该至少一个服务基站可以包括一个MeNB和多个SeNB，其中，MeNB和SeNB之间以及各个SeNB之间均通过X2接口连接。此时，UE可以与该MeNB以及多个SeNB建立连接，然后可以通过该MeNB及多个SeNB为UE配置一个MCG以及一个或多个SCG。
该第二小区组可以为主小区组或辅小区组。作为一个可选实施例，该至少两个辅小区组包括该第二小区组。
作为另一个可选实施例，该第一辅小区组和该第二小区组与该用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备的至少一个服务基站的数量为一个，并且该用户设备的多个小区组均与该用户设备的服务基站关联。
作为另一个可选实施例，该用户设备的至少一个服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，其中，该主基站与该主小区组关联，该至少一个辅基站中的每个辅基站与该至少两个辅小区组中的一个或多个辅小区组关联。
例如，该用户设备可以配置有N个小区组，该N个小区组包括主小区组和(N-1)个辅小区组，N为大于2的整数。在该用户设备仅有一个服务 基站的情况下，该N个小区组可以均与该用户设备的服务基站关联。在该用户设备具有一个主基站和至少一个辅基站的情况下，该主基站可以与该N个小区组中的主小区组以及零个或至少一个辅小区组关联，每个辅基站可以与该(N-1)个辅小区组中的零个或至少一个辅小区组关联，本发明实施例不限于此。
具体地，该至少一个服务基站可以包括图15所示的网络设备1100，该用户设备可以为图17所示的用户设备1300。或者，该至少一个服务基站可以包括图16所示的网络设备1200，该用户设备可以为图18所示的用户设备1400。
作为另一个可选实施例，该至少一个服务基站可以包括图19所示的网络设备1500，该用户设备可以为图21所示的用户设备1700。或者，该至少一个服务基站可以包括图20所示的网络设备1600，该用户设备可以为图22所示的用户设备1800。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，术语和/或仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系。例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符/，一般表示前后关联对象是一种或的关系。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例中描述的各方法步骤和单元，能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现，为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性，在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各实施例的步骤及组成。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域普通技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为了描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的系统、装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，所述单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个 系统，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另外，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口、装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，也可以是电的，机械的或其它的形式连接。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本发明实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以是两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分，或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到各种等效的修改或替换，这些修改或替换都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (70)

  1. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；
    所述网络设备向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一小区为所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和所述第一小区的标识信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1至3中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示在所述用户设备的第二辅小区组建立与所述第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
    所述第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在所述第二辅小区组建立的与所述承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备为主基站，所述用户设备具有包括所述主基站和第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，并且所述第一辅小区组与所述第一辅基站关联；
    在所述网络设备向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述主基站向所述第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，所述第二配置指示信息用于指示所述主基站确定的所述第一辅小区组的配置参数，所述配置参数包括所述第一辅小区组中的小区的物理上行控制信道和所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；
    所述主基站接收所述第一辅基站根据所述第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息；
    所述网络设备向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，包括：
    所述主基站根据所述配置响应消息，向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述配置响应消息携带所述第一辅基站根据所述第二配置指示信息确定的所述第一辅小区组的配置参数；
    所述网络设备根据所述配置响应消息，向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，包括：
    所述主基站根据所述配置响应消息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  10. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，所述第一小区组为辅小区组；
    所述网络设备向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一小区组和所述用户设备的第二小区组与所述用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
  14. 根据权利要求10至13中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于所述第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
  15. 根据权利要求10至14中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组与所述用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与所述用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
  16. 根据权利要求10至15中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备为与所述第一小区组和所述第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，所述用户设备具有包括主基站和所述第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站；
    在所述网络设备向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，所述方法 还包括：
    所述网络设备接收所述主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，所述第二配置指示信息用于指示所述第一辅基站为所述用户设备分配所述第一小区组；
    网络设备确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，包括：
    所述网络设备根据所述第二配置指示信息，确定为所述用户设备分配所述第一小区组。
  17. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组，
    所述用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
    所述用户设备根据所述第一配置指示信息，配置所述用户设备的第一辅小区组。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一小区为所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和所述第一小区的标识信息。
  20. 根据权利要求17至19中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
  21. 根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示在所述第二辅小区组建立与所述第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在所述用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
    所述第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在所述第二辅小区组建立的与所述承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少 一项进行处理。
  22. 根据权利要求17至21中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
  23. 根据权利要求17至22中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  24. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；
    所述用户设备根据所述第一配置指示信息，配置所述第一小区组。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述用户设备的第一小区组和所述用户设备的第二小区组与所述用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
  27. 根据权利要求24至26中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
  28. 根据权利要求24至27中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组中的至少一个小区上 的数据传输使用位于所述第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
  29. 根据权利要求24至28中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组与所述用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与所述用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
  30. 根据权利要求24至29中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述用户设备接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，所述第二配置指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述用户设备的第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；
    所述用户设备根据所述第二配置指示信息，在所述第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得所述第二小区组的时间提前值；
    所述用户设备根据所述第二小区组的时间提前值，在所述第一小区组中与所述用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
  31. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    确定单元，用于确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；
    发送单元，用于向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，组所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组，
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一小区为所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和所述第一小区的标识信息。
  34. 根据权利要求31至33中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述层二功能实体包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
  35. 根据权利要求31至34中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示在所述用户设备的第二辅小区组建立与所述第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
    所述第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在所述第二辅小区组建立的与所述承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
  36. 根据权利要求31至35中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
  37. 根据权利要求31至36中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备为主基站，所述用户设备具有包括所述主基站和第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站，并且所述第一辅小区组与所述第一辅基站关联；
    所述发送单元还用于在所述向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，向所述第一辅基站发送第二配置指示信息，所述第二配置指示信息用于指示所述主基站确定的所述第一辅小区组的配置参数，所述配置参数包括所述第一辅小区组中的小区的物理上行控制信道和所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输对应的层二功能实体中的至少一项；
    所述主基站还包括：
    第二接收单元，用于接收所述第一辅基站根据所述发送单元发送的所述第二配置指示信息发送的配置响应消息；
    所述发送单元具体用于根据所述第二接收单元接收的所述配置响应消息，向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述配置响应消息用于指示所述第一辅基站根据所述第二配置指示信息确定的所述第一辅 小区组的配置参数；
    所述发送单元包括：
    确定子单元，用于根据所述第二接收单元接收的所述配置响应消息，确定下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一辅小区组中的小区的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
  39. 根据权利要求31至38中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  40. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    确定单元，用于确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，所述第一小区组为辅小区组；
    发送单元，用于向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一小区组和所述第二小区组与所述用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
  43. 根据权利要求40至42中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
  44. 根据权利要求40至43中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于所述第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
  45. 根据权利要求40至44中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组与所述用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与所述用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
  46. 根据权利要求40至45中任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备为与所述第一小区组和所述第二小区组均关联的第一辅基站，所述用户设备具有包括主基站和所述第一辅基站的至少两个服务基站；
    所述第一辅基站还包括：
    第二接收单元，用于在所述发送单元向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息之前，接收所述主基站发送的第二配置指示信息，所述第二配置指示信息用于指示所述第一辅基站为所述用户设备分配所述第一小区组；
    所述确定单元具体用于根据所述第二接收单元接收的所述第二配置指示信息，确定为所述用户设备分配所述第一小区组。
  47. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组，
    所述用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
    配置单元，用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一配置指示信息，配置所述第一辅小区组。
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一小区为所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的主辅小区。
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息包括下列信息中的至少一项：所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的标识信息和所述第一小区的标识信息。
  50. 根据权利要求47至49中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述层二功能实体中包括媒体接入控制实体、无线链路控制实体和分组数据汇聚协议实体中的至少一项。
  51. 根据权利要求47至50中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示在所述第二辅小区组建立与所述第一辅小区组的承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过在所述用户设备的第二辅小区组建立的层二功能实体进行处理，包括：
    所述第一辅小区组的承载上的数据传输通过在所述第二辅小区组建立的与所述承载对应的分组数据汇聚协议实体和无线链路控制实体中的至少一项进行处理。
  52. 根据权利要求47至51中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示建立所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组的分裂承载，并指示所述第一辅小区组和所述第二辅小区组中用于执行分裂操作的辅小区组。
  53. 根据权利要求47至52中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息还用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥；
    所述第一辅小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二辅小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  54. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置 指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；
    配置单元，用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第一配置指示信息，配置所述第一小区组。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一小区组和所述第二小区组与所述用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
  56. 根据权利要求54或55所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述用户设备的第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组。
  57. 根据权利要求54至56中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：所述安全配置参数包括下列参数中的至少一种：辅小区组计数器、辅小区组中间密钥、辅小区组中间密钥的索引值和辅小区组中间密钥的编号。
  58. 根据权利要求54至57中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用位于所述第二小区组的分组数据汇聚协议实体进行处理。
  59. 根据权利要求54至58中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整，包括：
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组与所述用户设备的第二小区组属于同一个定时提前组TAG；或
    所述第一配置指示信息用于指示所述用户设备的第一小区组的主辅小区与所述用户设备的第二小区组的主辅小区或主小区属于同一个TAG。
  60. 根据权利要求54至59中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述接收单元还用于接收所述网络设备发送的第二配置指示信息，所述第二配 置指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述用户设备的第二小区组分配的随机接入资源；
    所述用户设备还包括：
    随机接入单元，用于根据所述接收单元接收的所述第二配置指示信息，在所述第二小区组中执行随机接入过程，以获得所述第二小区组的时间提前值；
    通信单元，用于根据所述随机接入单元获得的所述第二小区组的时间提前值，在所述第一小区组中与所述用户设备的服务基站进行通信。
  61. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括：用户设备和所述用户设备的至少一个服务基站，其中，所述用户设备配置有多个小区组，所述用户设备的至少一个服务基站中的第一服务基站与所述多个小区组中的至少两个小区组关联。
  62. 根据权利要求61所述的系统，其特征在于，所述多个小区组包括第一辅小区组和第二小区组，其中，所述第二小区组为主小区组或辅小区组，并且所述第一辅小区组和所述第二小区组满足下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二小区组；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数进行处理；
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行处理。
  63. 根据权利要求61或62所述的系统，其特征在于，所述第一辅小区组和所述第二小区组与所述用户设备的同一个服务基站关联。
  64. 根据权利要求61至63中任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，所述用户设备的至少一个服务基站具体为用户设备的一个服务基站，并且所述用户设备的多个小区组均与所述用户设备的一个服务基站关联。
  65. 根据权利要求61至64中任一项所述的系统，其特征在于，所述用户设备的至少一个服务基站包括主基站和至少一个辅基站，其中，所述主基站与所述多个小区组中的主小区组关联，所述至少一个辅基站中的每个辅基 站与所述多个小区组中的一个或多个辅小区组关联。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的系统，其特征在于，所述主基站还与所述多个小区组中的一个或多个辅小区组关联。
  67. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于确定为用户设备分配第一辅小区组；
    发送器，用于向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，组所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组，
    所述第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理。
  68. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    处理器，用于确定为用户设备分配第一小区组，其中，所述第一小区组为辅小区组；
    发送器，用于向所述用户设备发送第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整。
  69. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    接收器，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    与所述用户设备的第一辅小区组中的小区相关的上行控制信息通过第一小区的物理上行控制信道传输，其中，所述第一小区属于所述用户设备的第二辅小区组，
    所述用户设备的第一辅小区组中的至少一个小区上的数据传输通过位于所述第二辅小区组的层二功能实体进行处理；
    处理器，用于根据所述接收器接收的所述第一配置指示信息，配置所述第一辅小区组。
  70. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    接收器，用于接收网络设备发送的第一配置指示信息，所述第一配置指示信息用于指示下列配置中的至少一种：
    所述用户设备的第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的安全配置参数生成加密密钥，
    所述第一小区组的至少一个小区上的数据传输过程使用所述用户设备的第二小区组的时间提前值进行上行定时调整；
    处理器，用于根据所述接收器接收的所述第一配置指示信息，配置所述第一小区组。
PCT/CN2015/072017 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统 Ceased WO2016119243A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017540590A JP6544666B2 (ja) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、ネットワークデバイス、ユーザ機器、および通信システム
EP15879451.1A EP3244675A4 (en) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 Communication method, network device, user equipment, and communication system
CN201911223091.4A CN111148245B (zh) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统
CN201580002472.3A CN106134272B (zh) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统
KR1020177024058A KR102049815B1 (ko) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 통신 방법, 네트워크 디바이스, 사용자 장비, 및 통신 시스템
KR1020197034325A KR102162161B1 (ko) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 통신 방법, 네트워크 디바이스, 사용자 장비, 및 통신 시스템
PCT/CN2015/072017 WO2016119243A1 (zh) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统
US15/662,954 US10499374B2 (en) 2015-01-30 2017-07-28 Communication method, network device, user equipment, and communications system
US16/668,989 US11490367B2 (en) 2015-01-30 2019-10-30 Communication method, network device, user equipment, and communications system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2015/072017 WO2016119243A1 (zh) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/662,954 Continuation US10499374B2 (en) 2015-01-30 2017-07-28 Communication method, network device, user equipment, and communications system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016119243A1 true WO2016119243A1 (zh) 2016-08-04

Family

ID=56542237

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/072017 Ceased WO2016119243A1 (zh) 2015-01-30 2015-01-30 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US10499374B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3244675A4 (zh)
JP (1) JP6544666B2 (zh)
KR (2) KR102049815B1 (zh)
CN (2) CN106134272B (zh)
WO (1) WO2016119243A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20200004883A (ko) * 2017-06-15 2020-01-14 닛본 덴끼 가부시끼가이샤 무선 액세스 네트워크 노드, 무선 단말기 및 그 방법들

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6174815B2 (ja) * 2013-09-10 2017-08-02 エルジー エレクトロニクス インコーポレイティド 無線通信システムにおける複数のセルが設定された端末のアップリンク送信タイミング決定方法及びこのような方法を利用する装置
US10321443B2 (en) * 2015-04-01 2019-06-11 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for performing a PUCCH transmission on a deactivated PUCCH SCell in a carrier aggregation system and a device therefor
WO2017003334A1 (en) * 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Dynamic allocation of radio resources in a wireless networks
WO2018031704A1 (en) * 2016-08-10 2018-02-15 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Timing advance and processing capabilities in a reduced latency system
CN108924961B (zh) * 2017-03-24 2023-05-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 终端能力的协商方法及装置
WO2018204899A1 (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-08 Intel Corporation Unifying split bearers in lte interworking
US11172360B2 (en) * 2017-10-13 2021-11-09 Qualcomm Incorporated Transfer of security protected configuration data from HPLMN
EP3723348B1 (en) 2018-01-08 2022-12-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for separating physical layer functions in wireless communication system
ES2960525T3 (es) * 2018-08-10 2024-03-05 Asustek Comp Inc Método y aparato para estimar la pérdida de ruta del PUSCH en un sistema de comunicación inalámbrica
CN113039832B (zh) * 2018-11-22 2022-02-18 华为技术有限公司 一种异系统切换方法及装置
WO2020167169A1 (en) * 2019-02-13 2020-08-20 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) User equipment and method in a wireless communications network
US11877333B2 (en) * 2019-02-14 2024-01-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Fast cell setup for dual connectivity
EP3930275A4 (en) * 2019-02-22 2022-09-14 Ntt Docomo, Inc. USER TERMINAL AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD
CN112449348B (zh) * 2019-08-16 2022-11-18 华为技术有限公司 通信方法和通信装置
CN115943651A (zh) * 2020-02-20 2023-04-07 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于应用认证和密钥管理的密钥材料生成优化
US12317350B2 (en) 2020-04-07 2025-05-27 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Signaling enhancement for dynamic power sharing in dual connectivity
EP4192110A4 (en) * 2020-07-30 2023-08-30 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. CONDITION BASED SECONDARY NODE OR PRIMARY SECONDARY CELL REPLACEMENT METHOD AND DEVICE
WO2023081298A2 (en) * 2021-11-03 2023-05-11 Ofinno, Llc Configuration information for multi-connectivity
CN114531216B (zh) * 2022-02-18 2024-05-07 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 参数配置方法、设备和计算机可读存储介质
CN117812584A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-02 华为技术有限公司 一种通信的方法和装置

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103139911A (zh) * 2011-11-25 2013-06-05 华为技术有限公司 实现载波聚合的方法、基站和用户设备
US20130336298A1 (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-12-19 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Timing in a Multicarrier Wireless Device
CN103959829A (zh) * 2013-11-01 2014-07-30 华为技术有限公司 一种双连接模式下的密钥处理方法和设备
CN104168655A (zh) * 2014-08-08 2014-11-26 电信科学技术研究院 一种数据传输方法及装置

Family Cites Families (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002133765A (ja) * 2000-10-20 2002-05-10 Pioneer Electronic Corp 情報記録装置、情報記録方法、情報再生装置、情報再生方法及び情報記録媒体
DE10138718A1 (de) * 2001-08-07 2003-02-20 Siemens Ag Verfahren zur Übermittlung von Chiffrierungsinformationen an Teilnehmer einer Multicast-Gruppe
US8837304B2 (en) * 2011-04-08 2014-09-16 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Devices for multi-group communications
CN102883441B (zh) * 2011-07-15 2015-04-22 华为技术有限公司 一种无线宽带通信方法和装置
CN102932837B (zh) * 2011-08-12 2016-01-13 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于检测小区的定时提前组改变的方法和设备
GB2495550A (en) * 2011-10-14 2013-04-17 Ubiquisys Ltd An access point that can be used to establish connections with UE devices using both cellular and wifi air interfaces
US8462688B1 (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-06-11 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Base station and wireless device radio resource control configuration
WO2013151651A1 (en) * 2012-04-01 2013-10-10 Dinan Esmael Hejazi Cell group configuration in a wireless device and base station with timing advance groups
EP3982580B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2024-12-11 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data using plurality of carriers in mobile communication system
CN103517355B (zh) * 2012-06-28 2017-05-24 华为技术有限公司 辅助主小区的调整方法以及基站
US9651549B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-05-16 Genisphere, Llc Lateral flow assays using DNA dendrimers
US9301183B2 (en) * 2012-09-28 2016-03-29 Intel Corporation Transmission of uplink control information in inter-eNB carrier aggregation
JP6180732B2 (ja) * 2012-12-17 2017-08-16 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ端末、無線基地局及び無線通信方法
US9699825B2 (en) * 2013-01-16 2017-07-04 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting indication in wireless communication system
PL3490218T3 (pl) * 2013-01-30 2020-12-28 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Generowanie klucza bezpieczeństwa dla połączeń podwójnych
JP6484857B2 (ja) * 2013-03-14 2019-03-20 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、基地局装置、および通信方法
WO2014163349A1 (en) * 2013-04-05 2014-10-09 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for establishing/releasing a mac (medidum access control) entity in a wireless communication system and a device therefor
CN105359605B (zh) * 2013-07-25 2019-02-19 华为技术有限公司 带有自组织中继终端的蜂窝网络的基于贪婪算法的自主资源块分配方案的系统和方法
KR20150020018A (ko) * 2013-08-14 2015-02-25 삼성전자주식회사 이동 통신 시스템에서 복수의 캐리어를 이용하는 데이터 송수신 방법 및 장치
ES2743214T3 (es) * 2013-09-11 2020-02-18 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Procedimiento y sistema para posibilitar una comunicación segura para una transmisión inter-eNB
KR102287928B1 (ko) * 2013-09-27 2021-08-10 삼성전자 주식회사 이동 통신 시스템에서 복수의 캐리어를 이용하는 데이터 송수신 방법 및 장치
JP2015126308A (ja) * 2013-12-26 2015-07-06 株式会社Ｎｔｔドコモ ユーザ端末、無線基地局、無線通信方法及び無線通信システム
EP2939456B1 (en) * 2014-01-17 2021-03-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Dual connectivity mode of operation of a user equipment in a wireless communication network
JP2015177548A (ja) * 2014-03-14 2015-10-05 宏達國際電子股▲ふん▼有限公司 ユーザ機器及び基地局に適用しうる接続変更方法
CN103888987B (zh) * 2014-03-21 2017-12-19 电信科学技术研究院 一种数据传输及其控制方法及装置
EP3886397B1 (en) * 2014-03-21 2023-01-18 Sun Patent Trust Security key derivation in dual connectivity
EP3164976A1 (en) * 2014-07-03 2017-05-10 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Method and apparatus
US10375673B2 (en) * 2014-08-04 2019-08-06 Nokia Solutions And Networks Oy Method and apparatus for enhancing broadcast service
WO2016076564A1 (en) * 2014-11-12 2016-05-19 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for supporting local gateway service for dual connectivity in wireless communication system
WO2016117889A1 (en) * 2015-01-20 2016-07-28 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for initiating a random access procedure in a carrier aggregation system and a device therefor

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103139911A (zh) * 2011-11-25 2013-06-05 华为技术有限公司 实现载波聚合的方法、基站和用户设备
US20130336298A1 (en) * 2012-01-25 2013-12-19 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Timing in a Multicarrier Wireless Device
CN103959829A (zh) * 2013-11-01 2014-07-30 华为技术有限公司 一种双连接模式下的密钥处理方法和设备
CN104168655A (zh) * 2014-08-08 2014-11-26 电信科学技术研究院 一种数据传输方法及装置

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20200004883A (ko) * 2017-06-15 2020-01-14 닛본 덴끼 가부시끼가이샤 무선 액세스 네트워크 노드, 무선 단말기 및 그 방법들
KR102247967B1 (ko) * 2017-06-15 2021-05-03 닛본 덴끼 가부시끼가이샤 무선 액세스 네트워크 노드, 무선 단말기 및 그 방법들
KR20210049970A (ko) * 2017-06-15 2021-05-06 닛본 덴끼 가부시끼가이샤 무선 액세스 네트워크 노드, 무선 단말기 및 그 방법들
US11330657B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2022-05-10 Nec Corporation Radio access network node, radio terminal, and methods therefor
US11647557B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2023-05-09 Nec Corporation Radio access network node, radio terminal, and methods therefor
KR102567435B1 (ko) 2017-06-15 2023-08-14 닛본 덴끼 가부시끼가이샤 무선 액세스 네트워크 노드, 무선 단말기 및 그 방법들
US12550216B2 (en) 2017-06-15 2026-02-10 Nec Corporation Radio access network node, radio terminal, and methods therefor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10499374B2 (en) 2019-12-03
US11490367B2 (en) 2022-11-01
CN111148245B (zh) 2023-11-10
EP3244675A4 (en) 2018-01-24
KR102162161B1 (ko) 2020-10-06
US20200068536A1 (en) 2020-02-27
EP3244675A1 (en) 2017-11-15
CN106134272B (zh) 2020-01-31
KR20190132575A (ko) 2019-11-27
KR102049815B1 (ko) 2019-11-29
KR20170109618A (ko) 2017-09-29
JP2018507632A (ja) 2018-03-15
JP6544666B2 (ja) 2019-07-17
US20170332354A1 (en) 2017-11-16
CN111148245A (zh) 2020-05-12
CN106134272A (zh) 2016-11-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN106134272B (zh) 通信方法、网络设备、用户设备和通信系统
US11425779B2 (en) Configuration method and apparatus, and system
US11184886B2 (en) Method, base station, and user equipment for implementing carrier aggregation
US10772146B2 (en) Multi-connectivity communication method, device, and terminal
WO2024146138A1 (en) Security update for subsequent ltm
WO2016154884A1 (zh) 通信方法、用户设备和基站
WO2017070972A1 (zh) 一种SeNB密钥更新的方法及装置
WO2022156439A1 (zh) 信息传输方法、装置、基站及介质
CN113795024A (zh) 一种获取密钥的方法及装置
WO2019158117A1 (en) System and method for providing security in a wireless communications system with user plane separation
EP4210426A1 (en) Method and apparatus for performing data transmission by means of dual terminal devices
CN114930887B (zh) 一种密钥管理方法、通信装置
EP3499834B1 (en) Key negotiation method and apparatus
WO2023020276A1 (zh) 组播广播业务数据传输方法、装置、设备以及存储介质
WO2021244579A1 (zh) 一种通信方法、装置及网络架构
CN116939655A (zh) 业务数据传输方法、终端、网络节点和存储介质
US20250119731A1 (en) Method, device, and system for scg security in wireless networks
US20250113185A1 (en) Method, device, and system for scg security in wireless networks
WO2021072629A1 (zh) 建立无线资源控制连接的方法和装置
CN114828272B (zh) 一种信息传输方法及装置
WO2023040881A1 (zh) 一种信息处理方法、装置、终端设备及网络设备
WO2025077726A1 (zh) 信息传输方法、装置、终端及网络设备
CN117998483A (zh) 候选小区的切换方法和装置
CN118118161A (zh) 建立安全关联的方法、设备、装置及存储介质

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15879451

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017540590

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015879451

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177024058

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A